| blob | 12c7d473f6e8b29ca711cf76a2e3d77712c283ad |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "internal-ange-ftp-mode" "ftp-error")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1106 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1107 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1109 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1110 will be buffer-local when set.
1117 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1124 noninteractive functions.
1126 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1127 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1129 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1130 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1135 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1140 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1141 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1142 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1144 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1145 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1146 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1147 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1152 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1158 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1159 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1160 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1165 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1166 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1167 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1168 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1169 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1172 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1173 names and values of properties.
1175 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1180 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1181 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1182 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1187 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1188 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1189 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1190 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1191 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1193 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1195 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1196 documentation strings.
1198 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1204 ;;;***
1205 \f
1206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1207 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1210 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1211 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1212 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1213 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1214 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1216 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1217 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1218 archive.
1224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1226 ;;;***
1227 \f
1228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1229 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1232 Major mode for editing arrays.
1234 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1235 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1236 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1238 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1240 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1241 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1242 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1244 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1245 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1246 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1247 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1248 The variables are:
1250 Variables you assign:
1251 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1252 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1253 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1254 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1255 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1256 row numbers in the buffer.
1258 Variables which are calculated:
1259 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1260 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1262 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1263 take a numeric prefix argument):
1281 between that of point and mark.
1289 newlines inside rows)
1293 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1297 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "untabify-backward" "move-to-column-untabify" "current-line" "xor" "limit-index")))
1299 ;;;***
1300 \f
1301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1306 Toggle Artist mode.
1307 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1308 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1309 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1311 How to quit Artist mode
1316 How to submit a bug report
1321 Drawing with the mouse:
1323 mouse-2
1324 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1325 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1326 below).
1328 mouse-1
1329 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1330 or pastes:
1332 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1333 --------------------------------------------------------------
1334 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1335 to new point
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1348 --------------------------------------------------------------
1349 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1350 --------------------------------------------------------------
1351 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1352 lines
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1358 Paste Paste Paste
1359 --------------------------------------------------------------
1360 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1361 --------------------------------------------------------------
1363 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1364 or diagonally.
1366 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1367 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1368 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1369 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1370 poly-lines.
1372 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1373 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1374 overwrite means the opposite.
1376 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1377 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1378 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1380 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1382 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1385 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1386 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1387 are currently drawing something.
1389 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1390 some time to fill.
1393 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1394 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1397 Settings
1399 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1401 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1403 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1405 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1407 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1408 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1410 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1413 Drawing with keys
1416 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1418 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1419 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1420 When pasting: Pastes
1424 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1434 Arrows
1437 of the line/poly-line
1440 of the line/poly-line
1443 Selecting operation
1445 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1469 Variables
1471 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1474 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1475 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1476 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1477 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1478 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1479 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1480 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1481 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1482 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1483 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1484 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1485 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1486 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1487 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1488 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1489 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1490 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1494 Hooks
1496 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1499 Keymap summary
1505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1507 ;;;***
1508 \f
1509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1513 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1514 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1521 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1524 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1525 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1527 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1529 Special commands:
1534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1536 ;;;***
1537 \f
1538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1539 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1542 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1543 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1553 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1554 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1558 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1564 ;;;***
1565 \f
1566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1567 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1570 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1571 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1577 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1583 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1584 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1585 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1587 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1589 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1591 For example:
1593 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1603 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1604 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1605 for a description of this minor mode.
1606 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1607 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1613 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1614 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1615 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1616 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1619 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1620 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1628 ;;;***
1629 \f
1630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1631 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1634 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1640 ;;;***
1641 \f
1642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1643 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1646 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1647 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1652 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1653 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1654 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1659 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1660 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1661 for a description of this minor mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1669 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1674 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1675 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1681 ;;;***
1682 \f
1683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1684 ;;;;;; 0))
1685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1694 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1695 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1697 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1698 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1699 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1700 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1701 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1703 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1708 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1709 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1710 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1711 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1713 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1714 directory or directories specified.
1716 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1717 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1718 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1719 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1720 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1721 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1726 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1727 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1728 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1729 should be non-nil).
1733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "no-update-autoloads" "make-autoload")))
1735 ;;;***
1736 \f
1737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1738 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1741 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1742 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1743 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1744 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1746 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1747 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1748 disk changes.
1750 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1751 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1753 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1754 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1755 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1760 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1762 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1768 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1769 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1770 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1771 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1773 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1774 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1775 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1776 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1777 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1779 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1780 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1781 writing before you save the file!
1783 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1784 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1786 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1791 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1793 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1799 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1800 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1801 for a description of this minor mode.
1802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1809 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1811 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1812 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1814 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1815 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1816 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1818 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1819 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1820 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1821 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1822 non-nil value of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1824 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1825 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1827 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1828 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1829 specifies in the mode line.
1833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1835 ;;;***
1836 \f
1837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1838 ;;;;;; 0))
1839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1843 ;;;***
1844 \f
1845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1849 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1850 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1857 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1858 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1859 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1861 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1862 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1863 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1865 Effects of the different modes:
1866 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1867 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1868 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1869 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1870 a random distance & direction.
1871 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1872 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1873 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1876 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1891 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1893 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1894 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1895 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1903 ;;;***
1904 \f
1905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1910 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1911 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1912 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1917 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1918 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1919 for a description of this minor mode.
1920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1927 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1930 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1932 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1933 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1934 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1935 seconds.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1944 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1948 Time execution of FORMS.
1949 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1950 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1951 FORMS once.
1952 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1953 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1954 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1961 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1962 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1963 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1964 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1971 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1972 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg, and
1973 the command prompts for the form to benchmark.
1974 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1975 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1981 ;;;***
1982 \f
1983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-bib" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1988 ;;;***
1989 \f
1990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1994 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1995 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1996 of corresponding buffers.
1997 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1998 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1999 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
2000 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
2001 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
2003 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2004 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2005 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2010 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2012 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2014 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2016 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2019 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2020 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2021 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2022 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2026 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2029 Special information:
2033 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2034 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2035 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2040 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2046 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2047 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2048 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2049 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2050 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2051 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2052 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2054 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2056 ----------------------------------------------------------
2057 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2058 if that value is non-nil.
2065 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2066 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2067 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2068 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2069 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2070 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2071 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2072 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2073 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2074 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2075 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2081 ;;;***
2082 \f
2083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2084 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2088 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2094 ;;;***
2095 \f
2096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2101 ;;;***
2102 \f
2103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2104 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2106 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2110 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2111 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2116 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2121 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2127 ;;;***
2128 \f
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2130 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2133 Play blackbox.
2134 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2136 What is blackbox?
2138 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2139 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2140 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2141 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2142 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2143 your score.
2145 Overview of play:
2148 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2149 four.
2151 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2152 movement keys.
2154 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2155 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2157 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2160 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2162 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2163 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2164 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2165 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2167 Details:
2169 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2171 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2172 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2173 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2174 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2176 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2177 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2178 denoted by the letter `R'.
2180 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2181 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2182 denoted by the letter `H'.
2184 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2185 example.
2187 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2188 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2189 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2190 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2192 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2193 ray.
2195 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2196 degree deflection it causes.
2198 1
2199 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2200 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2202 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2203 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2204 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2205 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2206 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2207 2 3
2209 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2210 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2213 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2215 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2217 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2219 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2220 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2222 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2223 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2224 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2225 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2226 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2227 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2228 emerging from the box.
2230 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2233 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2236 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2237 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2238 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2239 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2241 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2242 a reflection.
2246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("blackbox-" "bb-")))
2248 ;;;***
2249 \f
2250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2251 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2257 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2258 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2259 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2260 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2261 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2266 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2267 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2269 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2270 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2271 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2272 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2273 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2274 recent one.
2276 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2277 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2278 yank successive words.
2280 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2281 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2282 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2283 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2284 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2287 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2288 the list of bookmarks.)
2293 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2294 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2296 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2297 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2298 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2299 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2300 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2301 ever deletes the most recent one.
2303 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2304 is nil, raise an error.
2306 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2307 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2308 yank successive words.
2310 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2311 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2312 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2313 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2314 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2317 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2318 the list of bookmarks.)
2323 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2324 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2325 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2326 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2327 this.
2329 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2330 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2331 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2332 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2334 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2335 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2337 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2338 bookmark. It defaults to `pop-to-buffer-same-window'. A typical value for
2339 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2344 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2349 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2351 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2352 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2353 after a bookmark was set in it.
2358 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2360 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2361 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2368 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2369 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2370 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2372 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2373 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2374 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2376 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2377 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2378 name.
2383 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2384 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2386 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2387 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2388 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2389 this.
2394 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2396 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2397 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2399 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2400 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2401 probably because we were called from there.
2406 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2413 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2414 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2415 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2416 \(second argument).
2418 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2419 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2420 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2421 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2422 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2424 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2426 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2427 `bookmark-default-file'.
2432 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2433 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2434 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2435 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2436 while loading.
2438 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2439 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2440 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2441 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2442 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2443 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2445 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2446 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2452 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2453 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2454 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2455 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2464 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2468 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2470 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2474 ;;;***
2475 \f
2476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2479 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2480 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2481 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2482 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2484 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2485 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2486 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2487 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2490 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2494 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2495 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2496 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2497 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2499 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2503 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2504 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2505 narrowed.
2507 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2510 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2512 \(fn)" t nil)
2514 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2515 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2517 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2522 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2523 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2524 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2525 first, if that exists.
2527 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2528 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2529 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2530 ignore it).
2531 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2532 as ARGS.
2534 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2538 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2539 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2540 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2546 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2547 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2548 says which browser to use.
2550 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2552 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2554 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2555 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2557 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2562 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2564 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2565 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2566 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2567 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2570 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2571 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2573 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2574 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2578 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2580 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2581 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2582 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2583 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2585 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2586 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2587 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2588 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2591 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2592 new tab in an existing window instead.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2601 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2602 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2604 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2605 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2606 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2608 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2609 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2610 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2612 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2613 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2615 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2617 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2618 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2619 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2620 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2621 Chromium.
2622 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2628 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2629 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2631 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2632 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2633 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2634 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2636 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2637 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2638 new tab in an existing window instead.
2640 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2641 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2650 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2652 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2653 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2654 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2655 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2659 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2660 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2672 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2673 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2674 program is invoked according to the variable
2675 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2677 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2678 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2679 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2680 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2682 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2683 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2694 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2695 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2697 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2698 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2699 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2700 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2702 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2703 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2705 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2707 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2709 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2710 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2711 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2712 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2714 When called interactively, if variable
2715 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2716 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2717 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2718 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2720 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2721 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2722 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2724 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2725 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2727 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2729 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2730 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2731 Default to the URL around or before point.
2733 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2734 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2735 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2737 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2738 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2740 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2742 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2743 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2744 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2745 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2747 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2749 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2751 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2752 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2753 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2754 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2755 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2756 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2757 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2759 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2761 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2762 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2763 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2764 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2765 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2767 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2768 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2769 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2770 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2772 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2773 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2775 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2777 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2778 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2779 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2780 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2781 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2782 current one.
2784 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2785 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2786 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2787 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2789 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2790 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2792 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2794 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2795 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2796 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2797 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2798 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2799 don't offer a form of remote control.
2801 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2803 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2804 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2805 Default to the URL around or before point.
2806 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2808 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2810 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2811 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2812 Default to the URL around the point.
2814 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2815 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2817 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2818 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2820 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2824 ;;;***
2825 \f
2826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2827 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2828 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2830 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2831 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2832 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2833 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2835 \(fn)" t nil)
2837 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2838 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2839 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2840 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2842 \(fn)" t nil)
2844 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2845 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2847 \(fn)" t nil)
2849 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2850 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2852 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2853 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2854 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2859 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2860 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2861 name of buffer configuration.
2863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2867 ;;;***
2868 \f
2869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2870 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2872 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2873 Play Bubbles game.
2875 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2877 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2878 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2879 columns on its right towards the left.
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2890 ;;;***
2891 \f
2892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2893 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2896 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2898 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2900 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2901 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2903 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2904 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2908 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2909 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2915 ;;;***
2916 \f
2917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2918 ;;;;;; 0))
2919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2923 ;;;***
2924 \f
2925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2926 ;;;;;; 0))
2927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2928 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2930 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-error-on-warn 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2933 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2935 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2936 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2937 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2938 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2939 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2940 else the global value will be modified.
2942 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2944 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2945 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2946 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2947 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2948 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2949 else the global value will be modified.
2951 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2953 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2954 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2955 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2957 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2959 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2960 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2961 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2962 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2964 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2965 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2966 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2967 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2968 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2969 before scanning it.
2971 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2972 that already has a `.elc' file.
2974 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2975 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2977 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2978 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2979 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2980 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2981 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2982 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2984 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2986 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2987 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2988 Print the result in the echo area.
2989 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2994 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2995 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2997 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2999 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
3000 Display a call graph of a specified file.
3001 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3002 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3003 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3004 all functions called by those functions.
3006 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3007 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3008 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3010 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3011 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3012 invoked interactively.
3014 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3016 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3017 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3018 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3019 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3021 \(fn)" nil nil)
3023 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3024 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3025 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3026 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3027 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3029 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3030 already up-to-date.
3032 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3034 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3035 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3036 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3037 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3039 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3040 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3041 and corresponding effects.
3043 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "no-byte-compile" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp")))
3047 ;;;***
3048 \f
3049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3050 ;;;;;; 0))
3051 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("diary-bahai-" "calendar-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3055 ;;;***
3056 \f
3057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3058 ;;;;;; 0))
3059 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3061 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("diary-chinese-" "calendar-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3065 ;;;***
3066 \f
3067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3068 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("diary-" "calendar-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3076 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("dst-" "calendar-")))
3086 ;;;***
3087 \f
3088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3089 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3090 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("diary-french-date" "calendar-french-")))
3094 ;;;***
3095 \f
3096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3097 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3098 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3100 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3101 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3102 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3103 from the cursor position.
3105 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("diary-hebrew-" "calendar-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3116 ;;;***
3117 \f
3118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3119 ;;;;;; 0))
3120 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("diary-islamic-" "calendar-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3124 ;;;***
3125 \f
3126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3127 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("diary-iso-date" "calendar-iso-")))
3131 ;;;***
3132 \f
3133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3134 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3135 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("diary-" "calendar-" "holiday-julian")))
3139 ;;;***
3140 \f
3141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3142 ;;;;;; 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("diary-mayan-date" "calendar-mayan-")))
3147 ;;;***
3148 \f
3149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3150 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3154 ;;;***
3155 \f
3156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3161 ;;;***
3162 \f
3163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3164 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3165 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("diary-persian-date" "calendar-persian-")))
3169 ;;;***
3170 \f
3171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3176 ;;;***
3177 \f
3178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3179 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3183 ;;;***
3184 \f
3185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3186 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3187 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3189 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3197 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3200 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3202 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3205 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3206 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3207 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3209 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3211 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3212 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3213 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3214 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3216 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3218 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3220 This is most useful in the X window system.
3222 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3224 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3226 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3228 See calc-keypad for details.
3230 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3232 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3233 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3235 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3237 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3238 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3240 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3242 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3243 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3245 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3247 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3248 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3251 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3253 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3254 Define Calc function.
3256 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3257 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3258 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3260 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3261 actual Lisp function name.
3263 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3265 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3267 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("math-" "calc" "var-" "inexact-result" "defcalcmodevar")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("math-" "calc")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("math-" "calc")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("math-" "calc")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3317 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3322 ;;;***
3323 \f
3324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3325 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3329 ;;;***
3330 \f
3331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3332 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3336 ;;;***
3337 \f
3338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3339 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calc" "var-TimeZone")))
3343 ;;;***
3344 \f
3345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3346 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3350 ;;;***
3351 \f
3352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3353 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3357 ;;;***
3358 \f
3359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3360 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3364 ;;;***
3365 \f
3366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3371 ;;;***
3372 \f
3373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3374 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3378 ;;;***
3379 \f
3380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("math-" "calc-")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("math-" "calc")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3423 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3424 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3428 ;;;***
3429 \f
3430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3431 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3435 ;;;***
3436 \f
3437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3438 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3442 ;;;***
3443 \f
3444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3445 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3449 ;;;***
3450 \f
3451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3452 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3456 ;;;***
3457 \f
3458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("math-" "calc" "var-q")))
3463 ;;;***
3464 \f
3465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3466 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calc")))
3470 ;;;***
3471 \f
3472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3477 ;;;***
3478 \f
3479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3480 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3484 ;;;***
3485 \f
3486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3487 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("math-" "calc")))
3491 ;;;***
3492 \f
3493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3494 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3498 ;;;***
3499 \f
3500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3501 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("math-" "calc")))
3505 ;;;***
3506 \f
3507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3508 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3512 ;;;***
3513 \f
3514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3515 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3517 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3520 \(fn N)" t nil)
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("math-" "calc")))
3538 ;;;***
3539 \f
3540 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3541 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3542 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3546 ;;;***
3547 \f
3548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3553 ;;;***
3554 \f
3555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3556 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calc")))
3560 ;;;***
3561 \f
3562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3563 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-c")))
3567 ;;;***
3568 \f
3569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3570 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3574 ;;;***
3575 \f
3576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3577 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3579 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3580 Run the Emacs calculator.
3581 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3583 \(fn)" t nil)
3585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3587 ;;;***
3588 \f
3589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3590 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3592 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3593 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3594 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3595 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3596 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3597 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3599 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3600 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3601 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3602 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3603 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3604 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3605 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3607 window.
3609 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3610 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3612 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3613 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3614 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3615 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3616 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3617 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3619 Runs the following hooks:
3621 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3622 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3623 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3625 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "diary-" "holiday-buffer")))
3631 ;;;***
3632 \f
3633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3634 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3636 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3637 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3639 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3641 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3642 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3643 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3644 it fails.
3646 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3650 ;;;***
3651 \f
3652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3667 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3679 ;;;***
3680 \f
3681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "c-")))
3686 ;;;***
3687 \f
3688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3689 ;;;;;; 0))
3690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3692 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3693 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3695 \(fn)" nil nil)
3697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3699 ;;;***
3700 \f
3701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "java" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "pike-font-lock-keywords" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "objc-font-lock-keywords")))
3706 ;;;***
3707 \f
3708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3711 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3712 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3714 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3715 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3717 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3718 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3720 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3722 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3723 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3724 made from scratch.
3726 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3728 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3729 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3731 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3732 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3733 made from scratch.
3735 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3738 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3740 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3744 made from scratch.
3746 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3748 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3749 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3751 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3752 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3753 made from scratch.
3755 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3757 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3758 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3760 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3762 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3763 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3764 made from scratch.
3766 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3768 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3769 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3771 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3772 variables are guessed:
3774 * `c-basic-offset', and
3775 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3776 `c-offsets-alist'.
3778 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3779 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3781 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3782 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3784 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3785 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3786 guess is made from scratch.
3788 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3789 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3791 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3793 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3794 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3795 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3796 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3798 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3799 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3800 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3802 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3806 ;;;***
3807 \f
3808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3809 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3813 ;;;***
3814 \f
3815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3816 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3820 ;;;***
3821 \f
3822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3825 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3826 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3827 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3828 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3829 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3830 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3833 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3844 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3845 Major mode for editing C code.
3848 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3849 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3850 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3854 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3855 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3857 Key bindings:
3860 \(fn)" t nil)
3862 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3863 Analyze buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3865 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3866 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3867 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3868 should be used.
3870 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3871 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3872 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3874 \(fn)" nil nil)
3876 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3877 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3879 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3880 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3881 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3882 message.
3886 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3887 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3889 Key bindings:
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3896 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3898 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3899 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3900 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3901 message.
3905 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3906 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3908 Key bindings:
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3915 Major mode for editing Java code.
3917 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3918 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3919 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3920 message.
3924 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3925 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3927 Key bindings:
3930 \(fn)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3934 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3936 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3937 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3938 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3939 message.
3943 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3944 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3946 Key bindings:
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3953 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3954 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3956 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3957 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3958 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3959 message.
3963 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3964 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3966 Key bindings:
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3973 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3976 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3977 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3979 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3980 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3981 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3985 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3986 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3988 Key bindings:
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c++-mode-" "c-" "awk-mode-map" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-")))
3995 ;;;***
3996 \f
3997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3998 ;;;;;; 0))
3999 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
4001 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4002 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4003 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4004 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4006 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4009 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4010 might get set too.
4012 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4013 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4014 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4015 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4016 in this way.
4018 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4019 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4020 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4021 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4022 a null operation.
4024 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4027 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4028 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4029 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4031 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4033 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4034 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4035 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4037 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4039 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4040 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4041 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4042 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4043 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4045 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4049 ;;;***
4050 \f
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4053 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4054 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4055 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c++-" "c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4059 ;;;***
4060 \f
4061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4064 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4065 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4067 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4069 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4070 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4072 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4074 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4075 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4077 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4078 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4079 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4080 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4081 execution.
4083 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4085 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4087 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4088 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4090 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4091 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4092 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4093 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4095 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4096 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4097 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4098 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4099 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4100 `write' commands.
4102 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4103 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4104 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4105 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4107 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4108 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4109 semantics.
4111 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4115 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4117 STATEMENT :=
4118 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4119 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4121 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4122 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4123 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4124 | integer
4126 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4128 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4129 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4130 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4132 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4133 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4134 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4136 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4138 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4139 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4140 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4141 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4142 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4143 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4144 ;; last STATEMENT.
4145 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4147 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4148 BREAK := (break)
4150 REPEAT :=
4151 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4152 (repeat)
4153 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; (repeat))
4155 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4156 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4157 ;; (read REG)
4158 ;; (repeat))
4159 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4160 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4161 ;; (read REG)
4162 ;; (repeat))
4163 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4165 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4166 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4167 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4168 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4169 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4170 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4171 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4172 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4173 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4174 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4175 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4176 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4177 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4178 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4179 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4180 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4182 WRITE :=
4183 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4184 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4185 ;; representation.
4186 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4187 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; (write r7))
4189 | (write EXPRESSION)
4190 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4191 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4192 ;; representation.
4193 | (write integer)
4194 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4195 ;; buffer.
4196 | (write string)
4197 ;; Same as: (write string)
4198 | string
4199 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4200 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4201 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4202 ;; representation.
4203 | (write REG ARRAY)
4204 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4205 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4206 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4207 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4208 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4209 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4211 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4212 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4214 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4215 END := (end)
4217 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4218 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4219 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4221 ARG := REG | integer
4223 OPERATOR :=
4224 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4225 + | - | * | / | %
4227 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4228 | & | `|' | ^
4230 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4231 | << | >>
4233 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4234 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4235 | <8
4237 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4238 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4239 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4240 | >8
4242 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4243 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4244 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4245 | //
4247 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4248 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4250 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4251 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4252 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4253 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4254 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4255 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4256 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4257 | de-sjis
4259 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4260 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4261 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4262 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4263 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4264 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4265 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4266 ;; byte of SJIS.
4267 | en-sjis
4269 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4270 ;; Same meaning as C code
4271 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4273 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4274 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4275 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4276 | <8=
4278 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4279 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4280 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4282 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4283 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4284 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4285 | //=
4287 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4290 TRANSLATE :=
4291 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4292 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4293 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4294 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4295 ;; respectively.
4296 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4297 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4298 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4299 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4301 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4302 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4303 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4305 LOOKUP :=
4306 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4307 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4308 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4309 ;; respectively.
4310 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4311 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4312 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4314 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4315 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4316 ;; REG.
4317 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4318 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4319 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4321 MAP :=
4322 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4323 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4324 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4325 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4327 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4328 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4329 MAP-ID := integer
4331 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4333 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4335 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4336 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4338 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4339 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4340 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4342 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4344 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4345 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4346 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4348 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4350 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4354 ;;;***
4355 \f
4356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4359 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4360 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4361 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4362 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4364 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4366 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4368 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4369 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4371 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4375 ;;;***
4376 \f
4377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4378 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4382 ;;;***
4383 \f
4384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4385 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4386 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4390 ;;;***
4391 \f
4392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4393 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4398 ;;;***
4399 \f
4400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4401 ;;;;;; 0))
4402 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4406 ;;;***
4407 \f
4408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4409 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4410 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4414 ;;;***
4415 \f
4416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4417 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4418 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4422 ;;;***
4423 \f
4424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4426 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4428 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4429 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4430 There are no special keybindings by default.
4433 to the action header.
4435 \(fn)" t nil)
4437 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4438 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4439 There are no special keybindings by default.
4442 to the action header.
4444 \(fn)" t nil)
4446 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4447 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4449 \(fn)" t nil)
4451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4453 ;;;***
4454 \f
4455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4458 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4459 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4460 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4461 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4462 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4464 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4465 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4467 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4468 from which to start.
4470 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4474 ;;;***
4475 \f
4476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4477 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4478 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4482 ;;;***
4483 \f
4484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4485 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4488 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4489 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4490 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4494 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4495 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4496 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4498 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4502 ;;;***
4503 \f
4504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4505 ;;;;;; 0))
4506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4507 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4514 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4515 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4517 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4518 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4520 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4521 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4524 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4525 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4526 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4527 the users will view as each check is completed.
4529 \(fn)" t nil)
4531 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4532 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4533 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4534 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4535 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4536 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4537 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4538 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4540 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4542 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4543 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4544 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4545 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4546 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4547 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4548 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4549 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4551 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4553 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4554 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4555 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4556 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4557 spacing are all verified.
4559 \(fn)" t nil)
4561 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4562 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4563 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4564 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4565 otherwise stop after the first error.
4567 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4569 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4570 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4572 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4574 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4575 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4576 Only documentation strings are checked.
4577 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4578 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4579 a separate buffer.
4581 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4583 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4584 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4585 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole
4586 buffer and save warnings in a separate buffer.
4588 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4590 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4591 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4592 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4593 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4594 if there is one.
4596 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4598 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4599 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4600 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4601 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4602 if there is one.
4603 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4605 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4607 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4608 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4609 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4611 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4613 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4614 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4615 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4616 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4617 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4619 \(fn)" t nil)
4621 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4622 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4623 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4624 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4625 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4626 space at the end of each line.
4628 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4631 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4632 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4633 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4637 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4638 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4639 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4640 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4642 \(fn)" t nil)
4644 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4645 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4646 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4647 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4649 \(fn)" t nil)
4651 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4652 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4653 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4654 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4656 \(fn)" t nil)
4658 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4659 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4660 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4661 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4665 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4666 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4667 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4668 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4670 \(fn)" t nil)
4672 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4673 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4674 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4675 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4677 \(fn)" t nil)
4679 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4680 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4681 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4682 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4684 \(fn)" t nil)
4686 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4687 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4688 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4689 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4691 \(fn)" t nil)
4693 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4694 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4699 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4700 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4701 checking of documentation strings.
4705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4707 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4708 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4714 ;;;***
4715 \f
4716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4717 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4718 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4720 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4721 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4722 Return the length of resulting text.
4724 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4726 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4727 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4729 \(fn)" t nil)
4731 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4732 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4733 Return the length of resulting text.
4735 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4737 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4738 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4740 \(fn)" t nil)
4742 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4745 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4747 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4750 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz/zw-start-gb" "hz-" "decode-hz-line-continuation" "zw-start-gb" "iso2022-")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4757 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4759 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4760 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4761 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4762 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4763 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4764 editing and the result is evaluated.
4766 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4768 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4769 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4770 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4771 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4772 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4774 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4776 \(fn)" t nil)
4778 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4779 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4780 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4781 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4782 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4784 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4785 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4788 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4789 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4791 \(fn)" t nil)
4793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-" "default-command-history-filter")))
4795 ;;;***
4796 \f
4797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "defsetf" "define-" "lexical-let" "labels" "flet")))
4802 ;;;***
4803 \f
4804 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4805 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4806 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4810 ;;;***
4811 \f
4812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4813 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4815 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4817 ;;;***
4818 \f
4819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4820 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4823 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4824 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4825 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4826 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4827 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4828 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4829 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4830 of this function.
4832 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4833 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4834 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4835 property are:
4837 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4838 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4840 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4841 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4842 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4843 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4844 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4845 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4846 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4847 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4848 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4849 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4850 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4851 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4853 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4854 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4855 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4857 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4858 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4859 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4860 list elements are:
4862 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4864 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4866 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4868 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4869 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4871 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4872 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4874 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4875 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4876 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4877 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4878 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4879 value specified by their associated list element.
4881 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4883 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4884 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4885 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4887 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4888 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4889 * indent the first argument by 4.
4890 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4891 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4892 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4894 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4895 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4896 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4897 instead.
4899 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-")))
4903 ;;;***
4904 \f
4905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4907 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4909 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4911 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4912 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4913 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4914 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4915 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4916 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4918 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4919 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4921 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4922 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4923 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4924 for a description of this minor mode.
4925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4927 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4929 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4931 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4932 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4933 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4934 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4935 of record objects.
4937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4941 ;;;***
4942 \f
4943 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4949 ;;;***
4950 \f
4951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4952 ;;;;;; 0))
4953 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4954 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4956 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4957 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4958 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4959 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4960 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4962 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4964 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4965 Print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4966 Output is further controlled by the variables
4967 `cl-print-readably', `cl-print-compiled', along with output
4968 variables for the standard printing functions. See Info
4969 node `(elisp)Output Variables'.
4971 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4973 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4974 Return a string containing the `cl-prin1'-printed representation of OBJECT.
4976 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4980 ;;;***
4981 \f
4982 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4983 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4993 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4994 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4995 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4996 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4998 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4999 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
5000 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
5001 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
5003 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
5004 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5006 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5010 ;;;***
5011 \f
5012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5013 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5015 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5016 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5017 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5018 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5019 of `scheme-program-name').
5020 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5021 it is given as initial input.
5022 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5023 discards input when it starts up.
5024 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5025 is run).
5028 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme" "scheme-" "inferior-scheme-")))
5032 ;;;***
5033 \f
5034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5037 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5038 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5042 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5043 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5045 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5046 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5047 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5049 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5053 ;;;***
5054 \f
5055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5058 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5059 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5060 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5061 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5062 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5063 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5064 functions have already modified the buffer.
5066 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5068 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5069 either globally or locally.")
5071 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5072 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5073 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5074 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5076 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5077 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5078 `start-file-process'
5079 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5080 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5081 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5083 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5084 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5086 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5088 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5090 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5092 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5093 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5094 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5095 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5096 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5097 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5098 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5099 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5100 process as its initial input.
5102 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5104 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5106 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5108 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5109 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5110 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5111 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5112 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5113 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5115 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5117 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5119 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5120 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5121 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5122 directory tracking functions.")
5124 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5125 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5126 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5128 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5130 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5132 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5133 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5134 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5136 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5138 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5140 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5141 Send COMMAND to current process.
5142 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5143 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5145 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5147 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5148 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5149 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5150 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5152 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5156 ;;;***
5157 \f
5158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5161 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5162 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5163 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5164 to get another window.
5166 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5167 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5169 This command pushes the mark in each window
5170 at the prior location of point in that window.
5171 If both windows display the same buffer,
5172 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5173 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5175 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5176 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5177 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5178 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5179 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5180 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5181 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5182 ignored.
5184 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5185 this command work in interlaced mode:
5186 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5187 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5188 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5190 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5192 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5194 ;;;***
5195 \f
5196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5197 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5201 ;;;***
5202 \f
5203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5206 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5207 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5209 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5211 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5212 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5213 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5217 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5218 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5219 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5221 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5223 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5224 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5225 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5226 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5227 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5229 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5230 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5231 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5232 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5235 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5236 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5237 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5238 describing how the process finished.")
5240 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5241 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5242 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5243 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5244 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5246 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5248 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5250 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5252 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5253 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5254 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5255 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5257 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5259 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5260 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5262 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5263 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5266 (lambda ()
5271 (if buffer-file-name
5272 (shell-quote-argument
5273 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5275 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5277 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5278 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5280 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5281 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5282 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5283 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5285 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5287 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5288 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5289 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5290 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5293 and move to the source code that caused it.
5295 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5296 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5298 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5299 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5300 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5301 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5302 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5304 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5305 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5307 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5309 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5310 kills its subprocesses.
5312 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5313 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5314 to a function that generates a unique name.
5316 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5318 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5319 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5320 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5321 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5323 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5324 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5326 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5327 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5328 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5329 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5331 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5332 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5333 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5335 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5337 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5339 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5340 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5345 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5349 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5351 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5353 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5354 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5356 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5357 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5359 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5360 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5361 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5362 See `compilation-mode'.
5364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5366 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5367 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5368 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5369 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5370 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5372 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5373 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5374 `compilation-mode'.
5376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5378 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5379 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5380 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5382 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5386 ;;;***
5387 \f
5388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5391 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5392 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5393 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5394 for a description of this minor mode.
5395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5396 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5397 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5399 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5401 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5402 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5404 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5405 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "initialize-completions" "current-completion-source" "cdabbrev-" "clear-all-completions" "check-completion-length" "complet" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "list-all-completions" "symbol-" "set-c" "save" "kill-" "accept-completion" "add-" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "delete-completion" "find-" "make-c" "num-cmpl-sources" "next-cdabbrev" "reset-cdabbrev" "enable-completion")))
5411 ;;;***
5412 \f
5413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5414 ;;;;;; 0))
5415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5417 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5418 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5419 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5420 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5421 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5422 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5423 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5425 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5426 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5427 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5429 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5430 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5431 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5433 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5434 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5435 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5436 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5438 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5439 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5440 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5441 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5442 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5443 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5444 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5448 \(fn)" t nil)
5450 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5451 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5452 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5454 \(fn)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5457 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5458 Comments start with `;'.
5459 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5463 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5464 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5465 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5467 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5468 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5470 \(fn)" t nil)
5472 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5473 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5474 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5475 between `/*' and `*/'.
5476 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5479 // another kind of comment
5480 /* yet another */
5482 name:value
5483 name=value
5484 name value
5485 x.1 =
5486 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5487 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5489 \(fn)" t nil)
5491 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5492 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5494 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5495 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5496 `conf-space-keywords'.
5497 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5498 in an interactive fashion instead.
5500 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5504 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5505 image/png png
5506 image/tiff tiff tif
5508 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5509 class desktop
5510 # Standard multimedia devices
5511 add /dev/audio desktop
5512 add /dev/mixer desktop
5514 \(fn)" t nil)
5516 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5517 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5518 See `conf-space-mode'.
5520 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5522 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5523 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5525 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5532 \(fn)" t nil)
5534 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5535 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5537 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5541 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5544 \(fn)" t nil)
5546 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5547 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5549 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5553 *background: gray99
5554 *foreground: black
5556 \(fn)" t nil)
5558 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5559 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5561 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5565 \[entry]
5568 \(fn)" t nil)
5570 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5571 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5573 For details see `conf-mode'.
5576 [Desktop Entry]
5577 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5578 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5579 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5580 Terminal=false
5582 \(fn)" t nil)
5584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5586 ;;;***
5587 \f
5588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5589 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5591 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5592 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5593 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5594 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5595 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5596 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5598 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5600 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5601 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5602 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5603 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5605 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5607 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5608 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5609 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5610 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5612 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5616 ;;;***
5617 \f
5618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5619 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5621 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5622 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5623 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5625 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5626 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5627 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5628 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5629 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5630 following the copyright are updated as well.
5631 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5632 interactively.
5634 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5636 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5637 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5638 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5639 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5640 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5642 \(fn)" t nil)
5644 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5645 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5647 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5649 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5650 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5651 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5653 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5657 ;;;***
5658 \f
5659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5660 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5661 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5662 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5663 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5664 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5665 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5666 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5667 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5668 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5670 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5671 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5672 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5673 Tab indents for Perl code.
5674 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5675 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5677 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5678 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5679 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5683 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5684 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5685 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5686 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5687 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5690 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5692 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5693 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5695 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5697 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5698 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5699 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5701 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5702 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5705 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5709 bite if angry;
5711 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5712 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5713 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5714 to nil.)
5717 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5718 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5720 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5722 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5723 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5724 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5726 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5730 if (A) { B }
5732 into
5734 B if A;
5738 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5739 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5740 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5741 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5742 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5743 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5744 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5745 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5746 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5747 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5748 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5749 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5752 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5754 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5755 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5756 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5757 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5759 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5761 man via menu.
5763 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5764 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5765 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5766 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5770 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5771 span the needed amount of lines.
5773 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5774 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5775 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5776 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5778 Variables controlling indentation style:
5779 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5780 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5781 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5782 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5783 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5784 `cperl-auto-newline'
5785 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5786 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5788 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5789 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5790 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5791 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5792 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5793 `cperl-indent-level'
5794 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5795 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5796 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5797 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5798 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5799 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5800 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5801 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5802 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5803 `cperl-brace-offset'
5804 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5805 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5806 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5807 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5808 `cperl-label-offset'
5809 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5810 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5811 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5813 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5814 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5815 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5816 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5817 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5818 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5820 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5823 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5825 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5826 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5827 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5828 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5830 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5831 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5833 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5834 column 0 is indented on
5835 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5837 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5838 with no args.
5840 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5841 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5842 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5844 \(fn)" t nil)
5846 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5847 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5849 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5851 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5852 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5854 \(fn)" t nil)
5856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5858 ;;;***
5859 \f
5860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5863 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5864 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5865 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5866 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5867 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5869 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5871 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5872 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5874 \(fn)" t nil)
5876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5878 ;;;***
5879 \f
5880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5883 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5884 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5885 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5887 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5888 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5892 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5895 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5899 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5900 with empty strings removed.
5902 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5906 ;;;***
5907 \f
5908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5911 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5912 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5914 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5915 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5918 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5919 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5920 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5921 buffers.
5924 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5925 Network (MDN).
5928 be used to fill comments.
5932 \(fn)" t nil)
5935 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5938 \(fn)" t nil)
5940 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5941 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5942 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5943 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5944 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5945 on what is seen near point.
5947 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5951 ;;;***
5952 \f
5953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5956 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5957 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5958 See the `cua-mode' command
5959 for a description of this minor mode.
5960 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5961 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5962 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5964 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5966 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5967 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5969 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5970 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5972 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5973 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5974 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5975 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5976 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5977 normal function of these prefix keys.
5979 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5980 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5981 options:
5982 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5983 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5984 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5986 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5987 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5988 the prefix fallback behavior.
5990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5992 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5993 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5995 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5999 ;;;***
6000 \f
6001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
6002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
6004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
6006 ;;;***
6007 \f
6008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6009 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6011 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6012 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6013 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6019 ;;;***
6020 \f
6021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6022 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6025 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil "\
6026 When non-nil, suspend `cursor-sensor-mode' and `cursor-intangible-mode'.
6027 By convention, this is a list of symbols where each symbol stands for the
6030 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6031 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6035 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6036 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6037 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6038 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6039 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6040 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6041 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6047 ;;;***
6048 \f
6049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6050 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6054 ;;;***
6055 \f
6056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6059 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6060 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6062 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6064 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6065 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6067 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6069 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6070 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6072 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6074 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6075 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6077 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6078 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6080 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6081 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6083 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6085 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6087 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6088 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6089 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6091 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6092 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6094 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6095 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6097 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6098 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6100 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6102 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6104 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6105 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6106 Return VALUE.
6108 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6109 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6111 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6112 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6114 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6115 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6117 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6119 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6121 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6122 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6123 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6124 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6126 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6127 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6128 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6130 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6132 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6133 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6135 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6136 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6138 \(fn)" t nil)
6140 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6141 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6142 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6143 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6144 for the MODE to customize.
6146 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6148 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6149 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6150 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6152 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6154 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6155 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6157 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6159 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6161 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6162 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6164 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6166 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6168 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6169 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6170 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6172 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6174 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6175 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6176 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6177 as part of Emacs itself.
6179 Each elements looks like this:
6181 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6183 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6184 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6185 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6186 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6187 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6188 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6189 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6190 and `defface'.
6192 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6200 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6201 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6202 the user might see the value in an error message, a good choice is
6203 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6205 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6207 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6208 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6209 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6210 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6211 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6212 release.
6214 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6215 that were added or redefined since that version.
6217 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6219 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6220 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6221 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6222 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6224 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6226 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6227 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6229 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6232 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6233 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6235 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6236 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6238 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6240 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6241 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6243 \(fn)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6246 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6251 Customize all saved options and faces.
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6255 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6256 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6257 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6258 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6259 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6260 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6262 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6263 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6264 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6266 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6268 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6269 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6271 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6274 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6276 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6278 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6279 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6283 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6284 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6285 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6286 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6288 \(fn)" nil nil)
6290 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6291 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6292 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6293 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6294 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6295 that option.
6296 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6298 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6300 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6301 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6302 The result includes selecting that window.
6303 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6304 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6305 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6306 that option.
6307 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6309 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6311 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6312 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6314 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6316 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6317 File used for storing customization information.
6318 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6319 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6320 it should be an absolute file name.
6322 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6323 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6324 something like the following in your init file:
6327 \(load custom-file)
6329 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6330 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6332 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6333 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6334 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6335 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6336 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6338 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6339 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6340 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6341 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6342 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6343 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6345 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6346 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6347 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6349 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6351 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6352 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6354 \(fn)" nil nil)
6356 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6357 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6359 \(fn)" t nil)
6361 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6362 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6363 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6365 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6367 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6368 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6369 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6370 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6371 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6373 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6377 ;;;***
6378 \f
6379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6380 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6382 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6383 Create or edit a custom theme.
6384 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6385 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6386 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6387 from the Custom save file.
6388 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6389 named *Custom Theme*.
6391 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6393 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6394 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6396 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6398 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6399 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6401 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6403 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6404 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6405 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6406 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6408 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6412 ;;;***
6413 \f
6414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6417 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6418 Mode used for cvs status output.
6420 \(fn)" t nil)
6422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6424 ;;;***
6425 \f
6426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6428 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6430 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6431 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6433 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6435 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6436 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6437 C++ modes are included.
6439 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6440 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6441 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6445 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6447 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6448 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6449 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6450 for a description of this minor mode.
6451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6453 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6455 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6457 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6458 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6459 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6460 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6461 ARG is omitted or nil.
6463 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6464 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6465 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled" "cwarn-")))
6471 ;;;***
6472 \f
6473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6474 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6477 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6478 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6480 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6482 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6483 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6485 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6487 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6488 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6489 For readability, the table is slightly
6490 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6492 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6493 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6494 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6495 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6496 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6498 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6502 ;;;***
6503 \f
6504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6505 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6506 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6507 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6508 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6509 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6511 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6512 Completion on current word.
6514 and presents suggestions for completion.
6516 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6517 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6518 completions.
6521 then it searches *all* buffers.
6523 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6525 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6528 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6529 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6530 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6531 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6532 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6533 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6534 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6535 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6537 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6538 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6540 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6541 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6542 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6544 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6545 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6549 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6553 ;;;***
6554 \f
6555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6558 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6559 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6561 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6565 ;;;***
6566 \f
6567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6568 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6570 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6571 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6572 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6573 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6574 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6576 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6580 ;;;***
6581 \f
6582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6585 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6586 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6588 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6589 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6590 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6592 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6593 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6594 Data lines are not indented.
6596 Key bindings:
6599 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6606 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6608 dcl-basic-offset
6609 Extra indentation within blocks.
6611 dcl-continuation-offset
6612 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6614 dcl-margin-offset
6615 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6617 dcl-margin-label-offset
6618 Indentation for a label.
6620 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6621 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6623 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6624 dcl-block-end-regexp
6625 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6626 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6627 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6628 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6629 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6631 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6632 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6633 Two such functions are included in the package:
6634 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6635 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6637 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6638 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6639 One such function is included in the package:
6640 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6642 dcl-tab-always-indent
6643 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6644 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6645 margin.
6647 dcl-electric-characters
6648 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6649 typed.
6651 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6652 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6653 which words trigger electric indentation.
6655 dcl-tempo-comma
6656 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6657 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6658 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6660 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6661 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6662 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6663 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6665 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6666 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6667 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6668 dcl-imenu-label-call
6669 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6671 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6672 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6673 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6674 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6677 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6679 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6680 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6681 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6682 $ i = 1
6683 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6684 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6685 $ label:
6686 $ if i.eq.1
6687 $ then
6688 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6689 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6690 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6691 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6694 $ type sys$input
6695 Data lines are not indented at all.
6696 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6697 $ endif
6698 $
6701 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6702 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6704 \(fn)" t nil)
6706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6708 ;;;***
6709 \f
6710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6713 (setq debugger 'debug)
6715 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6717 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6718 of the evaluator.
6720 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6721 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6722 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6724 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6726 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6727 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6729 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6731 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6732 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6733 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6734 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6735 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6736 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6739 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6741 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6743 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6745 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6746 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6747 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6749 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6751 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6752 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6754 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6756 This works by calling `add-variable-watcher' on VARIABLE. If you
6757 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6758 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6760 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6761 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6762 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6763 watchpoint.
6766 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6767 another symbol also cancels it.
6769 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6771 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6773 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6775 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6776 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6777 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6779 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6781 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6785 ;;;***
6786 \f
6787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6790 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6791 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6793 \(fn)" t nil)
6795 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6796 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6797 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6798 Upper-case letters are commands.
6800 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6801 modify it.
6803 The most useful commands are:
6807 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6811 \(fn)" t nil)
6813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6815 ;;;***
6816 \f
6817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6818 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6819 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6822 Customization of `columns' group.
6824 \(fn)" t nil)
6826 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6827 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6829 START and END delimits the text region.
6831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6833 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6834 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6836 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6838 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6842 ;;;***
6843 \f
6844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6847 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6849 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6850 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6851 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6852 for a description of this minor mode.
6853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6855 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6857 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6859 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6860 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6861 Interactively, with a prefix argument, enable
6862 Delete Selection mode if the prefix argument is positive,
6863 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, toggle
6864 the mode if ARG is `toggle', disable the mode if ARG is
6865 a non-positive integer, and enable the mode otherwise
6866 \(including if ARG is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6868 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6869 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6870 point regardless of any selection.
6872 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6873 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6879 ;;;***
6880 \f
6881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6884 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6885 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6887 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6889 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6890 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6891 or nil if there is no parent.
6893 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6894 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6895 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6896 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6898 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6899 arguments are currently understood:
6900 :group GROUP
6901 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6902 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6903 :syntax-table TABLE
6904 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6905 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6906 :abbrev-table TABLE
6907 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6908 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6909 :after-hook FORM
6910 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6911 run. It should not be quoted.
6913 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6917 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6918 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6919 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6921 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6922 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6926 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6928 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6929 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6931 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6932 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6934 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6936 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6938 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6940 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6941 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6942 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6943 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6944 the first time the mode is used.
6946 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6950 ;;;***
6951 \f
6952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6953 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6955 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6956 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6957 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6958 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6959 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6960 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6961 otherwise.
6963 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6965 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6966 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6967 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6968 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6970 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6971 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6972 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6974 The character information includes:
6975 its codepoint;
6976 its charset (see `char-charset'), overridden by the `charset' text
6977 property at POS, if any;
6978 the codepoint of the character in the above charset;
6979 the character's script (as defined by `char-script-table')
6980 the character's syntax, as produced by `syntax-after'
6981 and `internal-describe-syntax-value';
6982 its category (see `char-category-set' and `describe-char-categories');
6983 how to input the character using the keyboard and input methods;
6984 how the character is encoded in BUFFER and in BUFFER's file;
6985 the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6986 the composition information for displaying the character (if relevant);
6987 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6988 Unicode Data Base;
6989 and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties relevant to POS.
6991 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6993 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6994 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6996 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6997 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6998 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6999 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
7000 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
7001 minibuffer window for width limit.
7003 This function is meant to be used as a value of
7004 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
7006 \(fn)" nil nil)
7008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
7010 ;;;***
7011 \f
7012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
7013 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
7015 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
7016 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
7017 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
7018 for a description of this minor mode.
7019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7021 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7023 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7025 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7026 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
7028 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
7029 is omitted or nil.
7031 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7032 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7033 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7034 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7039 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7040 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7042 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7044 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7048 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7049 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7050 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7051 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7053 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7055 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7056 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7058 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7059 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7060 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7062 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7065 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7066 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7067 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7069 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7070 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7071 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7072 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7074 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7076 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7077 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7079 Handlers are called with argument list
7081 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7083 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7085 `desktop-file-version'
7086 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7087 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7088 `desktop-buffer-point'
7089 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7090 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7091 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7093 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7094 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7096 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7097 code like
7099 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7100 ...
7104 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7106 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7108 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7110 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7111 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7112 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7113 List elements must have the form
7115 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7117 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7118 function.
7120 Handlers are called with argument list
7122 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7124 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7126 `desktop-file-version'
7127 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7128 `desktop-buffer-name'
7129 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7130 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7131 `desktop-buffer-point'
7132 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7133 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7134 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7136 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7137 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7138 created and set.
7140 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7141 code like
7143 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7144 ...
7148 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7150 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7152 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7154 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7156 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7157 Empty the Desktop.
7158 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7159 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7160 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7161 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7162 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7163 if different).
7165 \(fn)" t nil)
7167 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7168 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7169 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7170 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7171 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7172 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7173 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7174 do not rewrite the file.
7176 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7177 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7178 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7179 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7180 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7181 file.
7183 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7184 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7185 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7186 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7187 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7188 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7189 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7190 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7191 without further confirmation.
7193 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7196 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7197 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7199 \(fn)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7202 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7203 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7204 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7205 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7206 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7207 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7208 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7210 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7212 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7213 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7214 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7216 \(fn)" nil nil)
7218 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7220 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7221 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7222 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7223 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7224 directory DIRNAME.
7226 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7229 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7231 \(fn)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7234 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7236 \(fn)" t nil)
7238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7240 ;;;***
7241 \f
7242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7245 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7246 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7247 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7248 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7249 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7250 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7252 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7254 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7255 Repair a broken attribution line.
7256 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7258 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7261 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7262 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7263 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7265 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7268 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7270 \(fn)" t nil)
7272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7274 ;;;***
7275 \f
7276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7277 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7281 ;;;***
7282 \f
7283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7284 ;;;;;; 0))
7285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7287 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7288 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7289 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7290 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7291 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7296 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7297 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7298 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7300 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7301 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7302 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7303 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7305 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7306 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7308 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7313 \(diary-mail-entries)
7315 # diary-rem.el ends here
7317 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7319 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7320 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7322 \(fn)" t nil)
7324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7326 ;;;***
7327 \f
7328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7329 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7331 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7332 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7334 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7336 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7337 The command to use to run diff.")
7339 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7341 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7342 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7343 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7344 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7345 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7346 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7348 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7349 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7350 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7352 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7355 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7356 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7357 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7358 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7359 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7361 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7363 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7364 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7366 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7368 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7369 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7370 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7372 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7376 ;;;***
7377 \f
7378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7381 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7382 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7383 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7384 normal diffs.
7386 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7387 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7388 headers for you on-the-fly.
7396 \(fn)" t nil)
7398 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7399 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7400 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7401 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7402 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7410 ;;;***
7411 \f
7412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7413 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7415 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7416 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7417 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7419 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7421 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("query-dig" "dig-")))
7423 ;;;***
7424 \f
7425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7426 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7428 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7429 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7430 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7431 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7432 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7433 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7435 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7436 each option.
7437 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7438 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7439 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7441 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7443 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7444 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7445 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7446 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7447 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7448 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7450 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7452 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7453 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7455 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7456 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7458 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7459 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7460 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7461 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7462 listing have no effect.
7468 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7470 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7471 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7473 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7476 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7477 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7479 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7482 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7484 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7485 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7487 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7489 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7492 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7495 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7498 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7500 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7503 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7504 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7505 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7506 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7508 to see why something went wrong.
7513 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7520 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7521 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7524 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7526 again for the directory tree.
7529 for more info):
7531 `dired-listing-switches'
7532 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7533 `dired-marker-char'
7534 `dired-del-marker'
7535 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7536 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7537 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7538 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7542 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7543 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7544 `dired-mode-hook'
7545 `dired-load-hook'
7547 Keybindings:
7550 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7551 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7555 ;;;***
7556 \f
7557 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7558 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7559 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7563 ;;;***
7564 \f
7565 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7566 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7571 ;;;***
7572 \f
7573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7576 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7577 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7579 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7580 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7582 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7583 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7584 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7586 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7587 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7588 directory.
7590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7592 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7593 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7594 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7595 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7596 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7597 from `default-directory'.
7599 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7603 ;;;***
7604 \f
7605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7608 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7609 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7610 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7611 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7612 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7613 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7615 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7619 ;;;***
7620 \f
7621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7622 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7624 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7625 Return a new, empty display table.
7627 \(fn)" nil nil)
7629 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7630 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7631 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7632 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7633 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7635 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7637 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7638 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7639 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7640 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7641 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7643 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7645 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7646 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7648 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7650 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7651 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7655 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7656 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7658 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7659 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7661 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7662 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7663 byte.
7665 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7666 in the default way after this call.
7668 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7670 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7671 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7673 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7676 Display character C using printable string S.
7678 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7681 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7682 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7683 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7685 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7687 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7688 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7689 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7690 X frame.
7692 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7694 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7695 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7697 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7699 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7700 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7702 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7704 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7705 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7707 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7709 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7710 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7712 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7714 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7715 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7717 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7719 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7720 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7722 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7723 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7725 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7726 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7728 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7729 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7730 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7731 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7733 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7734 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7735 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7736 in `.emacs'.
7738 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7742 ;;;***
7743 \f
7744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7745 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7746 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7748 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7749 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7750 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7752 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7753 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7754 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7758 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7759 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7760 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7761 for a description of this minor mode.
7762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7763 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7764 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7766 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7768 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7769 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7770 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7771 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7772 ARG is omitted or nil.
7774 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7775 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7776 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7782 ;;;***
7783 \f
7784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7787 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7788 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7789 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7790 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7791 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7792 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7793 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7794 Default is 2.
7796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7798 ;;;***
7799 \f
7800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7803 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7804 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7805 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7806 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7807 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7808 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7809 private or ask).
7810 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7811 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7812 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7813 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7814 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7816 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7820 ;;;***
7821 \f
7822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7823 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7827 ;;;***
7828 \f
7829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7830 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7832 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7833 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7834 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7835 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7836 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7837 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7838 table and its own syntax table.
7840 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7842 \(fn)" t nil)
7843 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7845 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7846 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7848 \(fn)" t nil)
7850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7852 ;;;***
7853 \f
7854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7858 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7859 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7860 OpenDocument format).
7862 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7865 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7867 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7868 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7871 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7874 \(fn)" t nil)
7876 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7877 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7878 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7879 to the next best mode.
7881 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7884 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7885 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7886 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7887 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7889 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7893 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7896 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7900 ;;;***
7901 \f
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7905 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7906 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7908 \(fn)" t nil)
7910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7912 ;;;***
7913 \f
7914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7915 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7919 ;;;***
7920 \f
7921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7922 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7926 ;;;***
7927 \f
7928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7929 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7933 ;;;***
7934 \f
7935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7936 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-")))
7940 ;;;***
7941 \f
7942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7943 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7945 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7946 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7951 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7952 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7958 ;;;***
7959 \f
7960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7962 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7964 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7965 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7967 \(fn)" t nil)
7969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7971 ;;;***
7972 \f
7973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7974 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7979 ;;;***
7980 \f
7981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7982 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7985 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7987 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7988 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7989 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7990 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7991 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7993 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7994 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7995 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7996 and disables it otherwise.
7998 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7999 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
8000 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
8001 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
8003 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
8004 documenting what its argument does.
8006 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
8007 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
8008 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
8009 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
8010 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
8011 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
8012 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
8013 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
8014 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
8016 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
8017 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
8018 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
8019 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
8020 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
8021 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
8022 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
8023 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
8024 the minor mode is global):
8026 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
8028 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8029 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8030 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8031 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8032 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8033 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8034 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8035 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8036 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8037 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8038 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8039 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8040 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8041 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8042 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8043 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8044 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8045 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8046 in :variable).
8048 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8049 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8051 For example, you could write
8054 ...BODY CODE...)
8056 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8058 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8060 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8062 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8064 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8065 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8066 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8067 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8068 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8069 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8070 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8071 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8072 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8073 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8074 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8075 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8077 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8078 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8079 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8080 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8081 call another major mode in their body.
8083 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8084 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8085 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8087 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8089 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8091 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8092 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8093 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8094 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8095 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8096 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8097 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8099 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8101 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8102 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8103 :inherit Parent keymap.
8104 :group Ignored.
8105 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8106 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8108 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8110 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8111 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8112 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8113 the constant's documentation.
8115 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8117 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8118 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8119 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8121 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8125 ;;;***
8126 \f
8127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8128 ;;;;;; 0))
8129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8131 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8132 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8133 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8134 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8136 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8137 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8138 as a top-level menu bar item.
8140 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8141 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8142 pairs:
8144 :filter FUNCTION
8145 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8146 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8147 items to actually display.
8149 :visible INCLUDE
8150 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8151 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8152 alias for `:visible'.
8154 :active ENABLE
8155 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8156 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8157 an alias for `:active'.
8159 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8160 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8162 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8164 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8166 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8167 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8169 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8170 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8172 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8174 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8176 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8177 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8179 :keys KEYS
8180 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8181 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8182 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8183 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8185 :key-sequence KEYS
8186 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8187 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8188 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8189 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8191 :active ENABLE
8192 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8193 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8194 alias for `:active'.
8196 :visible INCLUDE
8197 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8198 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8199 `:visible'.
8201 :label FORM
8202 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8203 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8205 :suffix FORM
8206 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8207 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8209 :style STYLE
8210 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8211 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8212 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8214 :selected SELECTED
8215 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8216 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8218 :help HELP
8219 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8221 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8222 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8223 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8225 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8226 MENU. This is a submenu.
8228 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8230 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8232 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8235 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8237 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8238 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8239 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8240 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8242 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8244 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8245 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8246 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8247 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8248 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8249 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8251 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8252 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8253 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8255 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8256 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8257 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8259 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8260 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8262 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8266 ;;;***
8267 \f
8268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8273 ;;;***
8274 \f
8275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8280 ;;;***
8281 \f
8282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8287 ;;;***
8288 \f
8289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8290 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8292 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8301 ;;;***
8302 \f
8303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8308 ;;;***
8309 \f
8310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8315 ;;;***
8316 \f
8317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8319 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8321 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8322 Customization for ebnf group.
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8327 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8329 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8331 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8332 processed.
8334 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8336 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8339 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8341 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8342 killed after process termination.
8344 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8346 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8348 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8349 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8351 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8352 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8353 it to the printer.
8355 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8356 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8357 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8358 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8360 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8363 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8364 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8366 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8369 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8371 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8373 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8374 processed.
8376 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8378 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8381 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8383 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8384 killed after process termination.
8386 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8388 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8390 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8391 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8392 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8393 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8395 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8397 \(fn)" t nil)
8399 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8400 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8401 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8403 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8405 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8408 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8410 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8412 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8413 processed.
8415 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8417 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8419 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8420 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8422 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8423 killed after EPS generation.
8425 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8427 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8430 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8432 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8433 The EPS file name has the following form:
8435 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8437 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8440 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8441 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8442 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8446 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8447 files.
8449 \(fn)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8452 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8454 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8455 The EPS file name has the following form:
8457 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8459 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8462 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8463 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8464 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8468 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8469 files.
8471 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8473 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8475 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8476 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8478 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8480 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8481 are processed.
8483 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8485 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8488 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8490 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8491 killed after syntax checking.
8493 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8495 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8498 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8503 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8507 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8508 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8510 \(fn)" nil nil)
8512 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8513 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8515 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8517 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8520 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8522 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8524 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8526 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8527 Delete style NAME.
8529 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8531 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8534 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8536 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8538 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8540 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8541 Set STYLE as the current style.
8543 Returns the old style symbol.
8545 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8547 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8549 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8550 Reset current style.
8552 Returns the old style symbol.
8554 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8556 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8559 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8561 Returns the old style symbol.
8563 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8565 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8567 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8569 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8570 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8572 Returns the old style symbol.
8574 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8576 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8578 \(fn)" t nil)
8580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8582 ;;;***
8583 \f
8584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8587 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8588 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8589 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8590 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8591 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8594 Tree mode key bindings:
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8600 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8605 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8610 View declaration of member at point.
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8615 Find declaration of member at point.
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8619 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8620 View definition of member at point.
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8625 Find definition of member at point.
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8630 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8635 View definition of member at point in other window.
8637 \(fn)" t nil)
8639 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8640 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8642 \(fn)" t nil)
8644 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8645 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8647 \(fn)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8650 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8652 \(fn)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8655 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8660 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8661 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8662 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8663 completion.
8665 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8667 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8668 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8669 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8670 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8672 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8675 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8676 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8677 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8679 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8681 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8682 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8683 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8685 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8687 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8688 Search for call sites of a member.
8689 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8690 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8691 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8692 looks like a function call to the member.
8694 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8696 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8697 Move backward in the position stack.
8698 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8700 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8702 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8703 Move forward in the position stack.
8704 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8708 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8709 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8711 \(fn)" t nil)
8713 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8714 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8716 \(fn)" t nil)
8718 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8719 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8720 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8721 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8723 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8725 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8726 Display statistics for a class tree.
8728 \(fn)" t nil)
8730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook" "ebrowse-")))
8732 ;;;***
8733 \f
8734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8737 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8739 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8741 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8742 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8743 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8745 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8748 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8749 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8750 also has this effect.
8752 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8763 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("electric-buffer-" "Electric-buffer-menu-")))
8767 ;;;***
8768 \f
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8772 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8773 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8774 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8776 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8780 ;;;***
8781 \f
8782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8785 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8786 Read the .ecompleterc file.
8788 \(fn)" nil nil)
8790 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8792 ;;;***
8793 \f
8794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8796 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8798 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8799 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8800 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8801 for a description of this minor mode.
8802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8804 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8806 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8808 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8809 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8811 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8812 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8814 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8815 an EDE controlled project.
8817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("project-try-ede" "ede" "global-ede-mode-map")))
8821 ;;;***
8822 \f
8823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8824 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8828 ;;;***
8829 \f
8830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8831 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8836 ;;;***
8837 \f
8838 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8839 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8844 ;;;***
8845 \f
8846 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8847 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8852 ;;;***
8853 \f
8854 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8855 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8856 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8860 ;;;***
8861 \f
8862 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8863 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-")))
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8875 ;;;***
8876 \f
8877 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8878 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8879 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8883 ;;;***
8884 \f
8885 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8886 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8887 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8891 ;;;***
8892 \f
8893 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8894 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8899 ;;;***
8900 \f
8901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8902 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8903 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8918 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8923 ;;;***
8924 \f
8925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8926 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8931 ;;;***
8932 \f
8933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8939 ;;;***
8940 \f
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8953 ;;;***
8954 \f
8955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8963 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8968 ;;;***
8969 \f
8970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8971 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8972 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8976 ;;;***
8977 \f
8978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8979 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8980 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("proj-comp-insert-variable-once" "ede-")))
8984 ;;;***
8985 \f
8986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8987 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8992 ;;;***
8993 \f
8994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8995 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8996 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
9000 ;;;***
9001 \f
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
9003 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
9006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
9008 ;;;***
9009 \f
9010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
9011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
9014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
9016 ;;;***
9017 \f
9018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
9019 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
9022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
9024 ;;;***
9025 \f
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9027 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9035 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9040 ;;;***
9041 \f
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9048 ;;;***
9049 \f
9050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9051 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9070 ;;;***
9071 \f
9072 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9073 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9078 ;;;***
9079 \f
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9081 ;;;;;; 0))
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9086 ;;;***
9087 \f
9088 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9089 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9094 ;;;***
9095 \f
9096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9099 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9100 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9101 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9102 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9103 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9105 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9106 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9108 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9110 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9112 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9113 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9114 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9115 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9117 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9119 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9120 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9121 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9122 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9124 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9126 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9128 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9129 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9130 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9131 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9132 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9134 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9135 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9136 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9137 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9138 instrumented for Edebug.
9140 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9141 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9142 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9143 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9144 already is one.)
9146 \(fn)" t nil)
9148 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9149 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9151 \(fn)" t nil)
9153 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9154 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9156 \(fn)" t nil)
9158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-" "cancel-edebug-on-entry")))
9160 ;;;***
9161 \f
9162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9164 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9166 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9167 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9168 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9169 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9171 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9173 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9174 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9175 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9176 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9178 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9180 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9182 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9184 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9185 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9186 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9187 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9189 \(fn)" t nil)
9191 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9192 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9193 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9194 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9196 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9198 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9199 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9200 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9201 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9202 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9203 `ediff-buffers', but can also be one of
9204 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9205 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers3', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9206 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9208 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9210 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9212 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9213 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9214 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9215 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9216 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9217 `ediff-buffers3', but can also be one of
9218 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9219 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9220 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9222 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9224 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9226 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9227 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9228 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9229 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9231 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9233 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9235 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9236 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9237 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9238 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9240 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9242 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9244 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9245 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9246 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9247 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9249 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9251 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9253 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9254 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9255 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9256 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9257 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9259 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9261 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9263 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9264 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9265 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9266 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9267 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9268 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9269 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9271 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9273 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9274 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9275 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9276 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9277 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9279 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9281 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9283 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9284 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9285 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9286 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9287 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9289 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9291 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9293 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9295 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9296 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9297 This compares the portions of text visible in each of the two windows.
9298 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9299 follows:
9300 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9301 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9302 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9303 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9305 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9307 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9308 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9309 This compares the portions of text visible in each of the two windows.
9310 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9311 follows:
9312 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9313 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9314 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9315 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9317 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9319 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9320 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9321 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9322 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9323 This function might be slow for large regions. If you find it slow,
9324 use `ediff-regions-linewise' instead.
9325 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9326 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9328 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9330 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9331 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9332 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9333 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9334 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9335 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9336 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9337 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9338 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9340 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9342 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9344 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9345 Merge two files without ancestor.
9346 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged.
9347 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9348 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE
9349 is the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer..
9351 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9353 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9354 Merge two files with ancestor.
9355 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged, and
9356 FILE-ANCESTOR is the name of the ancestor file. STARTUP-HOOKS is
9357 a list of functions that Emacs calls without arguments after
9358 setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of
9359 the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9361 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9363 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9365 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9366 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9367 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged.
9368 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9369 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9370 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9371 `ediff-merge-buffers', but can also be one of
9372 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9373 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-buffers3', or
9374 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the
9375 name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9377 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9379 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9380 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9381 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged, and
9382 BUFFER-ANCESTOR is their ancestor. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of
9383 functions that Emacs calls without arguments after setting up the
9384 Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a symbol describing the Ediff job
9385 type; it defaults to `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor', but can
9386 also be one of `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor',
9387 `ediff-last-dir-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers',
9388 `ediff-buffers3', or `ediff-merge-buffers'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is
9389 the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9391 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9393 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9394 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9395 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9396 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9397 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9398 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9399 the merge buffer.
9401 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9403 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9404 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9405 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9406 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9407 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9408 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9409 the merge buffer.
9411 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9413 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9414 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9415 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9416 and don't ask the user.
9417 If prefix argument ARG, then: if even argument, assume that the
9418 patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9420 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9422 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9423 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9424 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9425 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9426 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9427 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9428 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9429 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9431 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9433 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9435 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9437 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9438 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9439 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9440 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9441 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9442 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9443 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9445 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9447 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9449 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9450 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9451 When called interactively, displays the version.
9453 \(fn)" t nil)
9455 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9456 Display Ediff's manual.
9457 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9459 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9461 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9462 Call `ediff-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9464 \(fn)" nil nil)
9466 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9467 Call `ediff3-files' with the next three command line arguments.
9469 \(fn)" nil nil)
9471 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9472 Call `ediff-merge-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9474 \(fn)" nil nil)
9476 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9477 Call `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor' with the next three command line arguments.
9479 \(fn)" nil nil)
9481 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9482 Call `ediff-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9484 \(fn)" nil nil)
9486 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9487 Call `ediff-directories3' with the next four command line arguments.
9489 \(fn)" nil nil)
9491 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9492 Call `ediff-merge-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9494 \(fn)" nil nil)
9496 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9497 Call `ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor' with the next four command line arguments.
9499 \(fn)" nil nil)
9501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9503 ;;;***
9504 \f
9505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9510 ;;;***
9511 \f
9512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9513 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9515 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9518 \(fn)" t nil)
9520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9522 ;;;***
9523 \f
9524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9529 ;;;***
9530 \f
9531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9532 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9541 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9542 Display Ediff's registry.
9544 \(fn)" t nil)
9546 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9550 ;;;***
9551 \f
9552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9557 ;;;***
9558 \f
9559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9560 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9562 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9563 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9564 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9565 which see.
9567 \(fn)" t nil)
9569 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9570 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9571 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9572 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9574 \(fn)" t nil)
9576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9578 ;;;***
9579 \f
9580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9581 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9585 ;;;***
9586 \f
9587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9588 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9590 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9592 ;;;***
9593 \f
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9595 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9596 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9598 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9599 Edit a keyboard macro.
9600 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9604 to edit a macro by its command name.
9605 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9607 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9610 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9612 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9614 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9615 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9617 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9619 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9620 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9622 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9626 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9627 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9628 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9629 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9631 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9633 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9634 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9635 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9636 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9637 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9638 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9640 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9649 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9650 Set scroll margins.
9651 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9652 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9654 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9656 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9657 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9659 \(fn)" t nil)
9661 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9663 ;;;***
9664 \f
9665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9666 ;;;;;; 0))
9667 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9671 ;;;***
9672 \f
9673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9674 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9679 ;;;***
9680 \f
9681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9686 ;;;***
9687 \f
9688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9689 ;;;;;; 0))
9690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9694 ;;;***
9695 \f
9696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9697 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9699 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9701 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9702 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9703 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9704 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9705 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9707 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9708 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9711 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9712 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9713 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9715 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9716 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9717 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9719 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9720 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9721 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9723 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9725 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9728 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-")))
9732 ;;;***
9733 \f
9734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9736 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "oref" "oset" "obj" "find-class" "set-slot-value" "same-class-p" "slot-" "child-of-class-p" "with-slots" "defclass")))
9740 ;;;***
9741 \f
9742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9743 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9748 ;;;***
9749 \f
9750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9756 ;;;***
9757 \f
9758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9759 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9761 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9763 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9764 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9765 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9766 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9767 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9768 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9769 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9771 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot" "class-")))
9775 ;;;***
9776 \f
9777 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9778 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9786 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9791 ;;;***
9792 \f
9793 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9794 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9802 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9807 ;;;***
9808 \f
9809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9810 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9812 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9813 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9814 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9815 for a description of this minor mode.
9816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9818 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9820 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9822 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9823 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9824 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9825 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9826 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9828 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9829 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9830 closing parenthesis, and vice versa. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
9831 If the region is active, the parentheses (brackets, etc.) are
9832 inserted around the region instead.
9834 To toggle the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9838 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9839 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9845 ;;;***
9846 \f
9847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9848 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9850 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9851 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9853 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9854 an elided material again.
9856 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9862 ;;;***
9863 \f
9864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9867 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9868 Lint the file FILE.
9870 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9872 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9873 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9874 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9876 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9878 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9879 Lint the current buffer.
9880 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9882 \(fn)" t nil)
9884 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9885 Lint the function at point.
9886 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9888 \(fn)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9891 Initialize elint.
9892 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9893 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9895 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9899 ;;;***
9900 \f
9901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9904 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9905 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9906 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9908 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9910 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9911 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9912 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9913 If called interactively, prompt for LIST in the minibuffer;
9916 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9919 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9920 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9924 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9926 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9927 Display current profiling results.
9928 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9929 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9930 displayed.
9932 \(fn)" t nil)
9934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9936 ;;;***
9937 \f
9938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9944 ;;;***
9945 \f
9946 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9947 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9952 ;;;***
9953 \f
9954 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9955 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9971 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9972 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9984 ;;;***
9985 \f
9986 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9987 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9988 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9992 ;;;***
9993 \f
9994 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9995 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
10000 ;;;***
10001 \f
10002 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
10003 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10004 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
10006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
10011 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
10014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
10016 ;;;***
10017 \f
10018 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
10019 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
10022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
10030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
10035 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
10038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
10043 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
10046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
10048 ;;;***
10049 \f
10050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
10051 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10052 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
10054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
10056 ;;;***
10057 \f
10058 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
10059 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10060 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
10062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
10064 ;;;***
10065 \f
10066 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
10067 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10068 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
10070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("pcomplete/bcc" "eshell/")))
10072 ;;;***
10073 \f
10074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
10077 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
10078 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
10079 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
10080 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
10081 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
10082 ARG is omitted or nil.
10084 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
10085 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
10086 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
10087 used instead.
10089 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
10091 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
10092 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10093 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10095 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10097 See also `emacs-lock-unlockable-modes', which exempts buffers under
10098 some major modes from being locked under some circumstances.
10100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("toggle-emacs-lock" "emacs-lock-")))
10104 ;;;***
10105 \f
10106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10109 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10110 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10111 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10113 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10115 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10119 ;;;***
10120 \f
10121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10122 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10124 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10125 Run Emerge on two files.
10127 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10129 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10130 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10132 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10134 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10135 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10137 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10139 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10140 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10142 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10144 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10147 \(fn)" nil nil)
10149 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10152 \(fn)" nil nil)
10154 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10157 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10159 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10162 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10164 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10165 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10167 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10169 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10170 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10172 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10174 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10177 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10181 ;;;***
10182 \f
10183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10184 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10186 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10187 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10188 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10189 text/enriched format.
10191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10192 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10193 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10195 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10197 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10200 Commands:
10204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10209 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10211 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10214 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10218 ;;;***
10219 \f
10220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10223 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10224 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10226 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10228 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10229 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10231 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10233 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10234 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10235 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10236 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10237 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10238 the keys are listed.
10239 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10241 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10243 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10244 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10245 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10247 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10249 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10250 Verify FILE.
10252 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10254 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10255 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10257 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10260 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10262 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10264 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10265 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10267 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10268 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10269 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10270 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10272 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10273 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10274 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10275 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10276 should consider using the string based counterpart
10277 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10278 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10280 For example:
10283 (decode-coding-string
10284 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10287 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10289 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10290 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10292 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10293 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10295 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10297 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10299 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10300 Verify the current region between START and END.
10302 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10303 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10304 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10305 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10306 should consider using the string based counterpart
10307 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10308 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10310 For example:
10313 (decode-coding-string
10314 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10319 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10321 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10322 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10323 between START and END.
10325 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10326 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10330 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10332 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10333 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10335 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10336 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10337 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10338 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10339 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10340 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10342 For example:
10345 (epg-sign-string
10346 context
10349 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10351 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10353 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10354 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10356 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10357 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10358 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10359 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10360 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10361 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10363 For example:
10366 (epg-encrypt-string
10367 context
10369 nil))
10371 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10373 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10375 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10376 Delete selected KEYS.
10378 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10380 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10381 Import keys from FILE.
10383 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10386 Import keys from the region.
10388 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10390 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10391 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10392 between START and END.
10394 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10397 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10399 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10401 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10402 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10404 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10408 ;;;***
10409 \f
10410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10411 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10413 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10414 Decrypt marked files.
10416 \(fn)" t nil)
10418 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10419 Verify marked files.
10421 \(fn)" t nil)
10423 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10424 Sign marked files.
10426 \(fn)" t nil)
10428 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10429 Encrypt marked files.
10431 \(fn)" t nil)
10433 ;;;***
10434 \f
10435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10436 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10438 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10441 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10443 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10446 \(fn)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10451 \(fn)" t nil)
10453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10455 ;;;***
10456 \f
10457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10458 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10460 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10461 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10463 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10464 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10468 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10469 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10470 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10472 \(fn)" t nil)
10474 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10476 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10477 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10478 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10480 \(fn)" t nil)
10482 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10484 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10485 Sign the current buffer.
10486 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10488 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10490 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10492 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10493 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10494 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10495 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10496 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10497 and also whether and how to sign.
10499 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10500 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10501 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10503 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10505 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10507 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10508 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10509 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10515 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10516 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10517 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10518 for a description of this minor mode.
10519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10521 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10523 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10525 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10526 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10528 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10529 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10535 ;;;***
10536 \f
10537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10538 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10539 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10541 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10542 Return a context object.
10544 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10546 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10548 ;;;***
10549 \f
10550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10553 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10554 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10555 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10556 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10558 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10559 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10560 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10561 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10562 version requirement is met.
10564 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10566 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10567 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10569 \(fn)" nil nil)
10571 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10573 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10574 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10576 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10578 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10579 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10581 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10585 ;;;***
10586 \f
10587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10588 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10589 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10591 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10592 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10594 \(fn)" nil nil)
10596 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10597 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10598 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10600 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10602 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10603 (server (erc-compute-server))
10604 (port (erc-compute-port))
10605 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10606 password
10607 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10609 That is, if called with
10613 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10614 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10615 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10617 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10619 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10621 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10622 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10623 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10625 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10627 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10628 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10629 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10630 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10632 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "define-erc-module")))
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10639 ;;;;;; 0))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10641 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto")))
10645 ;;;***
10646 \f
10647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10652 ;;;***
10653 \f
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10656 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-")))
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10664 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-")))
10668 ;;;***
10669 \f
10670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10672 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10674 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10676 ;;;***
10677 \f
10678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10680 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10682 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10683 Parser for /dcc command.
10684 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10686 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10688 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10690 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10691 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10693 \(fn)" nil nil)
10695 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10696 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10698 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10699 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10700 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10701 that subcommand.
10703 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/")))
10707 ;;;***
10708 \f
10709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10711 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10712 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-")))
10716 ;;;***
10717 \f
10718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10719 ;;;;;; 0))
10720 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10722 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10723 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10725 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10727 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10728 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10729 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10730 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10732 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10734 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10737 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10739 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10740 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10742 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10744 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10745 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10747 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10749 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10750 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10752 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10754 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10755 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10757 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10759 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10760 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10762 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10764 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10765 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10767 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10769 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10770 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10772 \(fn)" nil nil)
10774 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10775 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10777 \(fn)" nil nil)
10779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10781 ;;;***
10782 \f
10783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10785 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10787 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10788 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10789 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10791 \(fn)" nil nil)
10793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10795 ;;;***
10796 \f
10797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-")))
10802 ;;;***
10803 \f
10804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10809 ;;;***
10810 \f
10811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10813 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10815 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10816 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10817 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10818 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10819 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10820 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10821 system.
10823 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10825 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10828 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-")))
10832 ;;;***
10833 \f
10834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10837 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10840 \(fn)" nil nil)
10842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10844 ;;;***
10845 \f
10846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10848 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-")))
10852 ;;;***
10853 \f
10854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10855 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10859 ;;;***
10860 \f
10861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10862 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10863 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-")))
10867 ;;;***
10868 \f
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10870 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10871 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10873 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10874 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10875 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10876 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10877 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10878 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10882 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10883 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10884 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10885 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10887 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10888 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10889 automatically.
10891 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10892 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10894 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-")))
10898 ;;;***
10899 \f
10900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10902 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10904 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10905 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10907 \(fn)" t nil)
10909 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10910 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10912 \(fn)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10915 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10917 \(fn)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10920 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10922 \(fn)" t nil)
10924 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10925 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10927 \(fn)" t nil)
10929 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10930 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10932 \(fn)" t nil)
10934 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10935 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10937 \(fn)" t nil)
10939 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10940 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10942 \(fn)" t nil)
10944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-")))
10946 ;;;***
10947 \f
10948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10950 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-")))
10954 ;;;***
10955 \f
10956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10957 ;;;;;; 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10959 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10961 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10962 Show who's gone.
10964 \(fn)" nil nil)
10966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-")))
10968 ;;;***
10969 \f
10970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10971 ;;;;;; 0))
10972 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10974 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10976 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10977 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10981 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10982 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10984 \(fn)" t nil)
10986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-")))
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10992 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10994 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10995 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10996 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10997 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10999 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11001 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
11004 \(fn)" nil nil)
11006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-")))
11008 ;;;***
11009 \f
11010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
11011 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
11012 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
11014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-")))
11016 ;;;***
11017 \f
11018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
11019 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
11021 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
11023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete" "erc-pcomplet")))
11025 ;;;***
11026 \f
11027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
11029 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
11031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("erc-replace-")))
11033 ;;;***
11034 \f
11035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
11037 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
11039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-")))
11041 ;;;***
11042 \f
11043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
11044 ;;;;;; 0))
11045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
11046 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
11048 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
11049 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
11051 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
11055 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
11057 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
11059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-")))
11061 ;;;***
11062 \f
11063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
11064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
11065 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
11067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-")))
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
11072 ;;;;;; 0))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
11075 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
11076 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
11077 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
11079 \(fn)" t nil)
11081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
11083 ;;;***
11084 \f
11085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
11086 ;;;;;; 0))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
11088 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
11090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-")))
11092 ;;;***
11093 \f
11094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
11095 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
11096 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
11098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-")))
11100 ;;;***
11101 \f
11102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
11105 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
11106 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
11107 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
11108 for a description of this minor mode.")
11110 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
11112 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
11113 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
11114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
11115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11118 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
11119 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
11120 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
11121 keybindings will not do anything useful.
11123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11124 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
11126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-")))
11128 ;;;***
11129 \f
11130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
11131 ;;;;;; 0))
11132 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
11133 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
11135 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
11136 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
11137 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
11138 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
11140 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11142 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
11143 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
11144 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
11146 \(fn)" t nil)
11148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size")))
11150 ;;;***
11151 \f
11152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
11154 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
11156 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
11157 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
11159 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11161 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-")))
11163 ;;;***
11164 \f
11165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
11168 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
11169 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
11171 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
11172 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
11174 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
11175 useful for assertions in BODY.
11177 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
11179 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
11180 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
11181 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
11185 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
11187 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
11189 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
11191 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11193 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
11194 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
11196 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
11197 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
11201 Returns the stats object.
11203 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11205 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
11206 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
11208 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
11209 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
11210 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
11211 the tests).
11213 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
11215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
11216 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
11218 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
11219 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
11220 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
11221 and how to display message.
11223 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
11225 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
11227 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
11228 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
11230 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
11232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
11234 ;;;***
11235 \f
11236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
11237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
11239 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
11241 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
11242 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
11244 \(fn)" t nil)
11246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
11248 ;;;***
11249 \f
11250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
11253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
11255 ;;;***
11256 \f
11257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
11258 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
11260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
11262 ;;;***
11263 \f
11264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
11265 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
11267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
11269 ;;;***
11270 \f
11271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
11272 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11276 ;;;***
11277 \f
11278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11281 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11282 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11284 \(fn)" t nil)
11286 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11288 ;;;***
11289 \f
11290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11291 ;;;;;; 0))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11296 ;;;***
11297 \f
11298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11303 ;;;***
11304 \f
11305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11310 ;;;***
11311 \f
11312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11315 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11317 ;;;***
11318 \f
11319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11320 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11324 ;;;***
11325 \f
11326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11327 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11328 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11330 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11331 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11332 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11333 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11334 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11335 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11336 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11337 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11338 buffer selected (or created).
11340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11343 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11344 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11346 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11348 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11349 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11350 The result might be any Lisp object.
11351 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11352 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11353 corresponding to a successful execution.
11355 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11357 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11361 ;;;***
11362 \f
11363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11366 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11367 File name of tags table.
11368 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11369 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11370 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11371 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11372 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11373 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11375 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11376 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11377 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11378 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11380 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11382 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11383 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11385 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11386 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11387 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11389 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11391 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11392 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11393 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11395 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11397 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11398 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11399 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11400 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11401 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11403 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11405 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11410 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11412 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11414 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11415 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11416 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11418 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11420 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11421 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11423 \(fn)" t nil)
11425 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11426 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11427 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11428 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11431 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11432 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11434 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11435 file the tag was in.
11437 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11439 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11440 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11441 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11442 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11443 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11444 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11445 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11446 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11447 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11448 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11449 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11450 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11452 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11454 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11455 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11456 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11457 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11458 without directory names.
11460 \(fn)" nil nil)
11462 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11465 \(fn)" nil nil)
11466 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11467 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11468 (progn
11469 (load "etags")
11470 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11472 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11473 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11474 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11475 but does not select the buffer.
11476 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11478 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11479 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11480 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11481 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11484 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11486 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11488 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11490 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11492 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11494 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11495 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11496 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11497 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11499 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11500 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11501 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11502 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11505 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11507 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11509 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11511 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11513 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11515 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11517 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11518 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11519 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11520 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11521 around or before point.
11523 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11524 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11525 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11526 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11529 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11531 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11533 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11535 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11537 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11539 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11541 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11542 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11543 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11544 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11545 around or before point.
11547 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11548 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11549 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11550 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11553 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11555 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11557 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11559 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11561 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11563 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11565 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11566 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11567 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11569 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11570 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11571 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11572 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11575 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11577 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11579 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11581 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11583 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11585 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11587 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11589 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11590 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11592 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11593 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11594 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11596 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11597 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11599 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11600 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11602 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11604 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11606 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11607 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11609 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11610 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11611 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11612 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11613 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11615 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11617 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11618 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11619 Stops when a match is found.
11622 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11623 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11624 restricted to these files.
11626 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11628 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11630 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11631 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11632 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11635 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11637 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11638 produce the list of files to search.
11640 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11642 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11644 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11645 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11646 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11647 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11648 directory specification.
11650 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11652 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11653 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11655 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11657 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11659 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11660 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11661 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11662 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11664 \(fn)" t nil)
11666 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11667 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11668 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11669 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11672 \(fn)" t nil)
11674 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11677 \(fn)" nil nil)
11679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("xref-" "etags-" "snarf-tag-function" "select-tags-table-" "tag" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "list-tags-function" "last-tag" "initialize-new-tags-table" "verify-tags-table-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "next-file-list" "default-tags-table-function")))
11681 ;;;***
11682 \f
11683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11684 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11687 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11690 \(fn)" nil nil)
11692 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11693 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11695 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11696 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11698 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11699 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11700 primary language.
11702 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11703 even if the buffer is read-only.
11705 See also the descriptions of the variables
11706 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11708 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11710 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11711 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11713 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11714 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11716 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11717 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11718 primary language.
11720 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11721 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11723 See also the descriptions of the variables
11724 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11726 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11728 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11730 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11733 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11735 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11736 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11737 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11738 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11740 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11741 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11742 primary language.
11744 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11745 buffer is read-only.
11747 See also the descriptions of the variables
11748 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11749 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11751 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11753 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11754 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11756 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11757 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11759 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11760 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11761 the primary language.
11763 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11764 buffer is read-only.
11766 See also the descriptions of the variables
11767 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11768 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11770 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11776 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11778 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11779 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11781 \(fn)" t nil)
11783 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11784 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11786 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11787 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11788 be 1, 2, or 3.
11790 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11791 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11792 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11794 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11796 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11798 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11799 This function is deprecated.
11801 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11803 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11804 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11808 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11809 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11811 \(fn)" t nil)
11813 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11814 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11817 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11819 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11820 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11822 \(fn)" nil nil)
11824 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11825 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11827 \(fn)" nil nil)
11829 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11830 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11832 \(fn)" nil nil)
11834 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11835 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11837 \(fn)" nil nil)
11839 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11840 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11841 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11843 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11845 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11848 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("exit-ethiopic-environment" "ethio-")))
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11857 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11858 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11859 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11860 server for future sessions.
11862 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11864 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11865 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11866 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11868 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11870 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11871 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11872 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11874 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11876 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11877 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11878 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11879 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11880 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11881 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11882 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11883 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11884 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11885 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11886 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11887 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11889 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11892 Display a form to query the directory server.
11893 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11894 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11896 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11898 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11899 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11900 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11902 \(fn)" t nil)
11904 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11908 ;;;***
11909 \f
11910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11914 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11919 Display URL and make it clickable.
11924 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11929 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11934 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11939 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11945 ;;;***
11946 \f
11947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11951 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11952 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11957 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11963 ;;;***
11964 \f
11965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11966 ;;;;;; 0))
11967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11970 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11983 ;;;***
11984 \f
11985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11990 ;;;***
11991 \f
11992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11997 ;;;***
11998 \f
11999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
12002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
12007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
12010 Create an empty ewoc.
12012 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
12014 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
12015 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
12016 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
12017 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
12018 `insert-before-markers'.
12020 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
12021 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
12022 respectively, of the ewoc.
12024 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
12025 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
12026 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
12032 ;;;***
12033 \f
12034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
12038 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
12039 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
12040 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
12046 Fetch URL and render the page.
12047 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
12048 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
12054 Render FILE using EWW.
12059 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
12060 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
12061 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
12062 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
12063 engine used.
12068 Mode for browsing the web.
12078 Display the bookmarks.
12084 ;;;***
12085 \f
12086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
12087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
12091 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
12097 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12099 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
12100 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
12105 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
12106 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
12107 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
12108 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
12109 executable.
12114 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
12115 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
12116 file modes.
12120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
12125 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
12128 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
12129 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
12130 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
12132 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
12134 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
12135 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
12136 to generate such functions.
12138 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
12139 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
12140 beginning of the expanded text.
12142 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
12143 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
12144 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
12145 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
12147 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
12152 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
12153 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
12158 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12159 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12164 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
12165 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
12171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
12173 ;;;***
12174 \f
12175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
12176 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
12178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
12180 ;;;***
12181 \f
12182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
12183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
12186 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
12187 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
12195 Key definitions:
12198 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
12200 `f90-do-indent'
12201 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
12202 `f90-if-indent'
12203 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
12204 `f90-type-indent'
12205 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
12206 `f90-program-indent'
12207 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
12208 (default 2).
12209 `f90-associate-indent'
12210 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
12211 `f90-critical-indent'
12212 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
12213 `f90-continuation-indent'
12214 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
12215 `f90-comment-region'
12218 `f90-indented-comment-re'
12219 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
12221 `f90-directive-comment-re'
12224 `f90-break-delimiters'
12225 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
12227 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
12228 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
12229 (default t).
12230 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
12231 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
12232 `f90-smart-end'
12233 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
12234 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
12235 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
12236 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
12237 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
12238 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
12239 `f90-leave-line-no'
12240 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
12242 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
12243 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
12249 ;;;***
12250 \f
12251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12252 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
12255 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
12256 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
12257 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
12259 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12260 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12261 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
12262 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
12263 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
12265 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
12266 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
12267 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
12268 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
12269 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
12270 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
12271 attributes.
12273 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12274 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12279 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12280 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12281 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12286 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12287 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12288 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12290 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12291 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12292 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12294 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12295 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12296 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12297 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12302 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12303 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12305 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12306 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12307 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12308 the same amount).
12313 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12314 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12316 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12317 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12318 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12319 will remove any scaling currently active.
12324 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12325 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12334 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12336 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12338 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12339 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12341 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12342 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12343 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12345 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12346 the face height as long as the input event read
12347 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12349 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12350 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12351 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12352 will remove any scaling currently active.
12354 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12355 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12356 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12357 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12358 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12363 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12364 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12365 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12366 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12367 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12372 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12373 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12374 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12375 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12376 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12377 `buffer-face-mode'.
12379 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12380 local, and sets it to FACE.
12385 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12386 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12387 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12388 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12389 `face' text property.
12391 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12392 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12393 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12394 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12396 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12397 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12402 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12403 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12404 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "text-scale-m" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12410 ;;;***
12411 \f
12412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12413 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12417 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12418 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12419 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12424 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12429 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12430 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12431 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12436 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12437 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12438 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12439 backup file names and the like).
12444 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12445 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12446 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12447 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12448 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12449 internally by feedmail):
12451 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12452 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12453 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12454 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12456 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12457 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12458 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12459 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12460 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12464 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12466 ;;;***
12467 \f
12468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12472 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12473 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12474 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12476 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12477 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12482 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12483 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12484 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12485 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12486 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12487 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12488 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12495 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12496 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12497 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12498 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12499 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12504 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12505 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12506 Return value:
12507 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12508 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12509 * otherwise, nil
12514 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12515 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12520 Try to get a file name at point.
12521 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12526 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap-" "dired-at-point-")))
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12535 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12538 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12539 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12540 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12545 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12546 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12547 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12548 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12549 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12554 Add FILE to the file cache.
12559 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12560 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12565 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12566 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12571 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12572 This function does not use any external programs.
12573 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12574 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12575 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12580 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12581 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12582 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12583 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12584 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12585 \(directories) is done.
12589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12591 ;;;***
12592 \f
12593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12594 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12597 Handle file system monitoring event.
12598 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12600 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12602 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12608 ;;;***
12609 \f
12610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12614 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12616 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12617 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12618 Local Variables list.
12620 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12621 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12622 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12627 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12632 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12634 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12635 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12636 the -*- line.
12638 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12639 then this function adds it.
12644 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12649 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12654 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12659 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12664 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12669 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12677 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12678 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12679 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12680 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12682 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12683 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12684 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12685 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12686 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12691 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12692 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12693 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12694 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12696 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12697 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12698 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profiles'. Then
12699 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12700 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12701 in order.
12706 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12707 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12708 will not be changed.
12713 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12714 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("hack-connection-local-variables" "connection-local-" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12722 ;;;***
12723 \f
12724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12725 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12728 Filesets initialization.
12729 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12735 ;;;***
12736 \f
12737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12738 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12742 Initiate the building of a find command.
12743 For example:
12750 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12751 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12757 ;;;***
12758 \f
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12763 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12764 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12768 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12774 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12775 and run Dired on those files.
12776 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12777 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12781 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12786 Find files in DIR that contain matches for REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12787 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12792 where the first string in the value of the variable `find-ls-option'
12797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "lookfor-dired" "kill-find")))
12799 ;;;***
12800 \f
12801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12802 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12804 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12805 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12806 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12807 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12808 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12809 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12815 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12816 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12818 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12825 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12826 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12828 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12829 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12831 Variables of interest include:
12833 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12834 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12835 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12837 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12838 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12839 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12841 - `ff-ignore-include'
12842 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12844 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12845 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12847 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12848 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12850 - `ff-special-constructs'
12851 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12852 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12853 extracting the filename from that construct.
12855 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12856 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12858 - `ff-search-directories'
12859 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12860 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12862 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12863 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12865 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12866 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12868 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12869 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12871 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12872 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12874 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12875 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12880 Visit the file you click on.
12885 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-")))
12891 ;;;***
12892 \f
12893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12894 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12895 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12898 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12900 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12905 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12907 See `find-library' for more details.
12912 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12914 See `find-library' for more details.
12919 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12920 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12921 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12923 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12924 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12925 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12926 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12931 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12933 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12934 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12935 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12936 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12938 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12939 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12940 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12942 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12943 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12944 in `load-path'.
12949 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12951 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12952 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12953 places point before the definition.
12954 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12956 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12957 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12958 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12963 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12965 See `find-function' for more details.
12970 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12972 See `find-function' for more details.
12977 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12979 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12980 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12981 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12983 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12984 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12989 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12991 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12992 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12993 places point before the definition.
12995 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12997 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12998 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12999 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
13004 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
13006 See `find-variable' for more details.
13011 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
13013 See `find-variable' for more details.
13018 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
13019 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
13020 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
13021 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
13022 buffer nor display it.
13024 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
13025 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
13030 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
13032 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
13033 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
13034 places point before the definition.
13036 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
13038 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
13039 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
13040 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
13045 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
13046 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
13051 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
13052 See `find-function-on-key'.
13057 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
13058 See `find-function-on-key'.
13063 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
13068 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
13073 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
13077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
13082 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
13085 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
13090 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
13095 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
13099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
13101 ;;;***
13102 \f
13103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
13104 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
13108 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
13113 Display FILE's commentary section.
13114 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
13119 Find packages matching a given keyword.
13123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
13125 ;;;***
13126 \f
13127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
13128 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
13131 Toggle flow control handling.
13133 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
13138 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
13140 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
13142 to get the effect of a C-q.
13146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
13148 ;;;***
13149 \f
13150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
13151 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
13163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
13165 ;;;***
13166 \f
13167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
13168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
13172 Log, at level LEVEL, the message MSG formatted with ARGS.
13173 LEVEL is passed to `display-warning', which is used to display
13174 the warning. If this form is included in a byte-compiled file,
13175 the generated warning contains an indication of the file that
13176 generated it.
13181 Make a Flymake diagnostic for BUFFER's region from BEG to END.
13182 TYPE is a key to `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist' and TEXT is a
13183 description of the problem detected in this region.
13188 Get Flymake diagnostics in region determined by BEG and END.
13190 If neither BEG or END is supplied, use the whole buffer,
13191 otherwise if BEG is non-nil and END is nil, consider only
13192 diagnostics at BEG.
13197 Compute BUFFER's region (BEG . END) corresponding to LINE and COL.
13198 If COL is nil, return a region just for LINE. Return nil if the
13199 region is invalid.
13204 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
13205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
13206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
13209 Flymake is an Emacs minor mode for on-the-fly syntax checking.
13210 Flymake collects diagnostic information from multiple sources,
13211 called backends, and visually annotates the buffer with the
13212 results.
13214 Flymake performs these checks while the user is editing. The
13215 customization variables `flymake-start-on-flymake-mode',
13216 `flymake-no-changes-timeout' and
13217 `flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' determine the exact
13218 circumstances whereupon Flymake decides to initiate a check of
13219 the buffer.
13221 The commands `flymake-goto-next-error' and
13222 `flymake-goto-prev-error' can be used to navigate among Flymake
13223 diagnostics annotated in the buffer.
13225 The visual appearance of each type of diagnostic can be changed
13226 in the variable `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist'.
13228 Activation or deactivation of backends used by Flymake in each
13229 buffer happens via the special hook
13230 `flymake-diagnostic-functions'.
13232 Some backends may take longer than others to respond or complete,
13233 and some may decide to disable themselves if they are not
13234 suitable for the current buffer. The commands
13235 `flymake-running-backends', `flymake-disabled-backends' and
13236 `flymake-reporting-backends' summarize the situation, as does the
13237 special *Flymake log* buffer.
13242 Turn Flymake mode on.
13247 Turn Flymake mode off.
13251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13253 ;;;***
13254 \f
13255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13256 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-proc-")))
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13268 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13274 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13279 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13280 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13281 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13283 Bindings:
13289 Hooks:
13290 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13292 Remark:
13293 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13294 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13295 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13297 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13298 consider adding:
13300 in your init file.
13308 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13313 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13318 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13323 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13325 Make sure `flyspell-mode' is turned on if you want the highlight
13326 of a misspelled word removed when you've corrected it.
13331 Flyspell whole buffer.
13335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13337 ;;;***
13338 \f
13339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13340 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13345 ;;;***
13346 \f
13347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13348 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13351 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13356 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13361 Toggle Follow mode.
13362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13363 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13364 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13366 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13367 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13369 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13370 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13371 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13373 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13374 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13375 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13376 movement commands.
13378 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13379 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13380 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13381 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13382 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13383 mileage may vary).
13385 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13388 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13390 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13392 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13398 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13399 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13401 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13402 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13404 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13405 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13407 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13412 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13413 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13415 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13416 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13418 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13419 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13421 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13426 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13428 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13429 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13431 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13432 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13434 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13439 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13441 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13442 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13444 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13445 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13447 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13452 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13454 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13455 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13456 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13457 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13458 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13459 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13461 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13462 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13463 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13469 ;;;***
13470 \f
13471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13472 ;;;;;; 0))
13473 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "xlfd-" "x-")))
13477 ;;;***
13478 \f
13479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13484 Toggle Footnote mode.
13485 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13486 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13487 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13489 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13490 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13491 play around with the following keys:
13496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-" "Footnote-")))
13498 ;;;***
13499 \f
13500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13501 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13505 ;;;***
13506 \f
13507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13508 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13511 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13513 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13514 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13515 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13516 C-c < forms-first-record <
13517 C-c > forms-last-record >
13518 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13519 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13520 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13521 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13522 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13523 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13524 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13525 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13526 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13527 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13532 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13537 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13543 ;;;***
13544 \f
13545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13549 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13550 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13553 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13557 Key definitions:
13560 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13562 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13564 `fortran-do-indent'
13565 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13566 `fortran-if-indent'
13567 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13568 `fortran-structure-indent'
13569 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13570 (default 3)
13571 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13572 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13573 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13574 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13575 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13576 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13577 nil don't change the indentation
13578 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13579 value of either
13580 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13581 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13582 depending on the continuation format in use.
13583 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13584 indentation for a line of code.
13585 (default `fixed')
13586 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13587 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13589 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13590 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13591 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13592 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13593 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13594 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13595 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13596 column 5.
13597 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13599 statements (default nil).
13600 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13602 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13603 `fortran-continuation-string'
13604 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13606 `fortran-comment-region'
13609 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13610 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13611 as typed (default t).
13612 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13613 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13615 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13616 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13622 ;;;***
13623 \f
13624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13625 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13628 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13630 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13631 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13636 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13638 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13639 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13644 Compile fortune file.
13646 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13647 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13652 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13654 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13655 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13656 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13657 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13662 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13663 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13664 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13669 Display a fortune cookie.
13670 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13671 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13672 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13673 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13677 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13679 ;;;***
13680 \f
13681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13682 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13684 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13685 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13688 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (client . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-font-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (frameset--text-pixel-height . :save) (frameset--text-pixel-width . :save) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13689 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13693 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13695 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13696 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13698 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13699 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13700 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13701 intend to modify existing values, do
13703 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13705 before changing anything.
13707 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13708 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13710 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13711 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13712 to restore the frame.
13714 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13715 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13716 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13718 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13719 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13720 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13721 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13722 FILTER A filter function.
13724 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13725 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13727 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13729 where
13731 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13732 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13733 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13734 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13735 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13736 before restoring it.
13737 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13739 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13740 It must return:
13741 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13742 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13743 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13745 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13749 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13750 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13751 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13752 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13753 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13754 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13759 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13764 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13765 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13766 If nil, check all live frames.
13771 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13772 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13773 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13774 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13775 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13776 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13777 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13778 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13779 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13780 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13785 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13787 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13788 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13789 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13790 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13791 and window-state is not restored.
13793 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13794 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13796 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13797 t All existing frames can be reused.
13798 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13799 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13800 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13801 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13803 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13804 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13805 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13806 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13807 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13808 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13809 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13810 be created from that parameter alist.
13812 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13813 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13814 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13815 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13816 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13817 - the live frame just restored,
13818 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13819 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13820 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13823 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13824 nil Keep all frames.
13825 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13826 - FRAME, a live frame.
13827 - ACTION, which can be one of
13828 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13829 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13830 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13831 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13832 Return value is ignored.
13834 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13835 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13836 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13837 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13838 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13840 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13842 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13845 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13846 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13851 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13852 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13857 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13859 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13861 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13867 ;;;***
13868 \f
13869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13874 ;;;***
13875 \f
13876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13882 ;;;***
13883 \f
13884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13889 ;;;***
13890 \f
13891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13895 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13896 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13902 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13903 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13904 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13905 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13906 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13907 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13912 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13914 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13915 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13916 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13917 for your debugger.
13918 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13919 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13920 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13921 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13926 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13927 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13928 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13929 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13931 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13932 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13933 shown in some of the buffers.
13935 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13937 The following commands help control operation :
13939 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13940 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13942 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13943 detailed description of this mode.
13946 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13947 | GDB Toolbar |
13948 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13949 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13950 | | |
13951 | | |
13952 | | |
13953 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13954 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13955 | | (comint-mode) |
13956 | | |
13957 | | |
13958 | | |
13959 | | |
13960 | | |
13961 | | |
13962 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13963 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13964 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13965 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13966 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13967 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb" "gud-" "def-gdb-" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13973 ;;;***
13974 \f
13975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13976 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13977 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13981 ;;;***
13982 \f
13983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13987 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13988 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13992 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13994 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13995 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13996 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13997 documentation string instead.
13999 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
14000 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
14004 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
14005 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
14006 enders are actually possible.
14008 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
14009 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
14011 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
14012 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
14013 `font-lock-keywords'.
14015 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
14016 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
14017 runs the macro expansion.
14019 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
14020 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
14021 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
14023 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
14025 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
14032 Go into the generic mode MODE.
14037 Enter generic mode MODE.
14039 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
14041 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
14043 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
14044 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
14049 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
14050 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
14051 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
14052 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
14053 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
14054 regular expression that can be used as an element of
14055 `font-lock-keywords'.
14061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
14063 ;;;***
14064 \f
14065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
14066 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
14068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
14070 ;;;***
14071 \f
14072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
14073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
14076 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
14077 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14078 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14079 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
14080 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
14084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
14086 ;;;***
14087 \f
14088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
14089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
14092 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
14093 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
14098 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
14100 Guideline for numbers:
14101 1 - error messages
14102 3 - non-serious error messages
14103 5 - messages for things that take a long time
14104 7 - not very important messages on stuff
14105 9 - messages inside loops.
14110 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
14111 ARGS are passed to `message'.
14116 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
14121 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
14123 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
14124 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
14126 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
14127 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
14128 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
14130 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
14131 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
14136 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
14140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("gmm-" "defun-gmm")))
14142 ;;;***
14143 \f
14144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
14151 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
14156 Read network news.
14157 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
14158 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
14159 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
14160 name of an NNTP server to use.
14161 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
14162 server.
14167 Read news as a slave.
14172 Pop up a frame to read news.
14173 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
14174 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
14175 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
14176 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
14177 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
14179 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
14180 current display is used.
14185 Read network news.
14186 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
14187 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
14188 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
14194 ;;;***
14195 \f
14196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
14197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
14200 Start Gnus unplugged.
14205 Start Gnus plugged.
14210 Read news as a slave unplugged.
14215 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
14217 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
14218 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
14219 customize gnus-agent to nil.
14221 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14222 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14223 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14228 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14233 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14234 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14235 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14236 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14237 supported.
14242 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14243 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14244 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14245 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14246 supported.
14251 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14256 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14257 downloaded into the agent.
14262 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14263 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14264 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14269 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14274 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14279 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14280 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14286 ;;;***
14287 \f
14288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14292 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
14298 ;;;***
14299 \f
14300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14305 ;;;***
14306 \f
14307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14312 ;;;***
14313 \f
14314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14315 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14316 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14319 Set a bookmark for this article.
14324 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14329 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14330 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14331 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14332 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14338 ;;;***
14339 \f
14340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14344 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14346 Usage:
14347 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14352 Generate the cache active file.
14357 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14362 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14363 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14364 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14365 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14366 supported.
14371 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14372 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14373 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14374 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14375 supported.
14379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14381 ;;;***
14382 \f
14383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("turn-o" "gnus-")))
14388 ;;;***
14389 \f
14390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14395 ;;;***
14396 \f
14397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14408 Delay this article by some time.
14409 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14411 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14412 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14414 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14415 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14417 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14418 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14423 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14428 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14429 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14430 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14432 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14433 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14439 ;;;***
14440 \f
14441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14446 ;;;***
14447 \f
14448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14463 ;;;***
14464 \f
14465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14469 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14475 ;;;***
14476 \f
14477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14481 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14487 ;;;***
14488 \f
14489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14494 ;;;***
14495 \f
14496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14501 ;;;***
14502 \f
14503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14507 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14514 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14516 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14521 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14526 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14528 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14529 different input formats.
14534 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14536 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14537 different input formats.
14542 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14543 The PNG is returned as a string.
14548 Convert FILE to a Face.
14549 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14550 726 bytes.
14555 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14557 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14562 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14568 ;;;***
14569 \f
14570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14571 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14575 Display gravatar in the From header.
14576 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14581 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14582 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14588 ;;;***
14589 \f
14590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14594 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14595 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14596 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14601 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14624 ;;;***
14625 \f
14626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14627 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14632 ;;;***
14633 \f
14634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14639 ;;;***
14640 \f
14641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14642 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14647 Run batched scoring.
14648 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14654 ;;;***
14655 \f
14656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14657 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14661 ;;;***
14662 \f
14663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14668 ;;;***
14669 \f
14670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14671 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14679 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14680 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14685 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14693 ;;;***
14694 \f
14695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14699 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14700 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14701 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14702 group parameters.
14704 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14705 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14706 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14707 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14709 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14710 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14711 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14712 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14713 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14714 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14715 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14716 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14717 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14718 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14723 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14724 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
14726 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14727 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14732 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14733 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14735 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14740 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14741 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14743 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14745 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14746 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14747 existing groups are considered.
14749 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14750 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14751 returned.
14753 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14754 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14755 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14756 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14757 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14758 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14759 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14760 clauses will be generated.
14762 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14763 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14764 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14765 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14766 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14767 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14769 For example, given the following group parameters:
14771 nnml:mail.bar:
14774 nnml:mail.foo:
14779 nnml:mail.others:
14780 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14794 ;;;***
14795 \f
14796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14800 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14801 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14802 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14803 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14804 instead.
14806 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14809 Mail to ADDRESS.
14814 Like `message-reply'.
14818 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14822 ;;;***
14823 \f
14824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14825 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14829 Send a notification on new message.
14830 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14831 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14832 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14834 This is typically a function to add in
14835 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14841 ;;;***
14842 \f
14843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14844 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14847 Display picons in the From header.
14848 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14853 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14854 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14859 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14860 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14866 ;;;***
14867 \f
14868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14869 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14872 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14873 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14874 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14879 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14880 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14881 LIST1 is modified.
14886 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14887 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14897 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14898 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14903 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14904 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14911 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14912 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14917 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14918 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14923 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14924 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14929 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14935 ;;;***
14936 \f
14937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14938 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14942 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14947 Install the registry hooks.
14951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14953 ;;;***
14954 \f
14955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14956 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14961 ;;;***
14962 \f
14963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14968 ;;;***
14969 \f
14970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14971 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14975 ;;;***
14976 \f
14977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14981 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14982 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14983 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14984 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14985 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14990 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14991 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14992 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14993 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
15002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
15007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
15010 Update the format specification near point.
15014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
15016 ;;;***
15017 \f
15018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
15019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
15021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
15023 ;;;***
15024 \f
15025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
15026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
15029 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
15033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
15035 ;;;***
15036 \f
15037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
15038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
15041 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
15042 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
15048 ;;;***
15049 \f
15050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
15051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
15053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
15055 ;;;***
15056 \f
15057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
15060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
15062 ;;;***
15063 \f
15064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
15067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
15069 ;;;***
15070 \f
15071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
15072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
15074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
15076 ;;;***
15077 \f
15078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
15079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
15081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
15083 ;;;***
15084 \f
15085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
15086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
15089 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
15093 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
15095 ;;;***
15096 \f
15097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
15098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
15101 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
15102 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
15103 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
15104 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
15105 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
15107 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.
15109 The default value of this variable is such that virtually any
15110 connection can be established, whether this connection can be
15112 network security is handled at a higher level via
15113 `open-network-stream' and the Network Security Manager. See Info
15118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
15120 ;;;***
15121 \f
15122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
15123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
15126 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
15128 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15129 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
15130 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
15132 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
15133 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
15134 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
15136 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
15139 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
15140 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
15146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
15148 ;;;***
15149 \f
15150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
15151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
15156 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
15157 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
15158 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
15159 there, then load the URL at or before point.
15164 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
15165 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
15166 or to send e-mail.
15167 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
15168 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
15170 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
15171 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
15177 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
15178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15179 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15180 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15185 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
15189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
15191 ;;;***
15192 \f
15193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
15194 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
15197 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
15198 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
15203 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
15207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
15209 ;;;***
15210 \f
15211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
15212 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
15221 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
15222 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
15223 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
15225 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15226 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15233 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15234 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use